WO2024070789A1 - Adhesive and adhesive sheet - Google Patents

Adhesive and adhesive sheet Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024070789A1
WO2024070789A1 PCT/JP2023/033830 JP2023033830W WO2024070789A1 WO 2024070789 A1 WO2024070789 A1 WO 2024070789A1 JP 2023033830 W JP2023033830 W JP 2023033830W WO 2024070789 A1 WO2024070789 A1 WO 2024070789A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
less
adhesive
weight
monomer
meth
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/033830
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
慎太郎 野依
普史 形見
真也 山本
拓也 永田
Original Assignee
日東電工株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日東電工株式会社 filed Critical 日東電工株式会社
Publication of WO2024070789A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024070789A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J133/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C09J133/14Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing halogen, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen atoms in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • C09J133/16Homopolymers or copolymers of esters containing halogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an adhesive and an adhesive sheet having the adhesive.
  • adhesives also called pressure-sensitive adhesives; the same applies below
  • adhesives are in a soft solid (viscoelastic) state at temperatures around room temperature, and have the property of easily adhering to an adherend when pressure is applied.
  • adhesives are widely used for purposes such as joining, fixing, and protection in a variety of industrial fields, from home appliances to automobiles, various machines, electrical equipment, and electronic devices.
  • One example of the use of adhesives is the joining of polarizing films, retardation films, cover window components, and various other light-transmitting components to other components in displays such as liquid crystal displays and organic EL displays.
  • Technical documents related to adhesives include Patent Documents 1 to 4.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 4 propose adhesives that contain (meth)acrylate copolymers that contain structural units derived from fluorine-containing acrylic monomers. All of these adhesives focus on sebum resistance and/or chemical resistance, and do not take into account the refractive index. Adhesives with low refractive indexes can be useful, for example, for exerting a function of controlling the behavior of light (reflection, waveguiding, diffraction) by utilizing the relationship between the refractive indices of adjacent materials.
  • adhesives having good flexibility can be preferably used depending on the application location and the mode of use.
  • foldable displays and rollable displays have been put to practical use as displays such as organic EL display devices used in electronic devices such as smartphones, and adhesives used for the above applications also need to have the flexibility to conform to the adherend that is repeatedly folded.
  • Adhesives with excellent flexibility easily conform to and adhere to curved surfaces such as three-dimensional shapes, and are suitable for use in electronic devices with curved shapes. If the flexibility of adhesives with a low refractive index can be increased, they can also be used in applications requiring the above-mentioned flexibility, and are useful.
  • the present invention therefore aims to provide an adhesive that has a low refractive index and high flexibility.
  • Another related object is to provide an adhesive sheet that includes an adhesive layer made of such an adhesive.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive that has a refractive index of 1.450 or less and a storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive has a low refractive index while the storage modulus (G'(-20°C) is controlled to a low range, so that it can achieve both a low refractive index and flexibility.
  • Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive is suitable for bonding, fixing, protection, etc. in applications such as foldable displays, where a low refractive index is desirable and flexibility that can withstand repeated folding operations is required.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive preferably has a ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) of the storage modulus (G'(-20°C)) [Pa] to the elongation at break (E B ) [%] of 20 to 2000.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive has a low refractive index and, since the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) is in the above range, can exhibit good flexibility.
  • the adhesive is an adhesive formed from an active energy ray (e.g., ultraviolet ray) curable adhesive composition.
  • active energy ray e.g., ultraviolet ray
  • Such adhesives are preferred because they tend to achieve high surface smoothness on the adhesive surface and are therefore likely to provide good optical properties.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein may contain an acrylic polymer (F).
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (F) includes a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (Mf).
  • the acrylic polymer (F) containing the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (Mf) as a monomer component can effectively contribute to lowering the refractive index of the adhesive.
  • the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) further include an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh).
  • the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) can be useful for achieving a good balance between the flexibility of the adhesive and other properties (e.g., at least one of the adhesive properties, optical properties, etc.).
  • hydrophilic monomer (Mh) for example, a monomer having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an amide group, and a (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group can be preferably used.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably carried out in an embodiment using such a hydrophilic monomer (Mh).
  • the technology disclosed in this specification may include an adhesive and an adhesive composition used to form the adhesive, an adhesive sheet containing the adhesive (for example, an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer made of the above-mentioned adhesive), an adhesive sheet with a release liner in which the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet is protected by a release liner, an optical member containing the above-mentioned adhesive layer, and the like.
  • an adhesive sheet containing the adhesive for example, an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer made of the above-mentioned adhesive
  • an adhesive sheet with a release liner in which the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet is protected by a release liner
  • an optical member containing the above-mentioned adhesive layer and the like.
  • the content of the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) in the monomer component is preferably greater than 5.0% by weight.
  • the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) preferably contains a low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) having a homopolymer glass transition temperature of 40° C. or less. It is advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing an increase in storage modulus accompanying the use of the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) that at least a part of the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) is the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ).
  • the content of the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer component is preferably more than 2.0% by weight from the viewpoint of easily exerting the effect of use.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 is a chain alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms
  • the alkyl (meth)acrylate may be useful for adjusting the properties of the adhesive.
  • the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) preferably have an acidic functional group-containing monomer content of less than 2.0% by weight. Limiting the amount of acidic functional group-containing monomer used can be advantageous from the standpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly flexibility at low temperatures).
  • an adhesive sheet including an adhesive layer made of any of the adhesives disclosed herein (which may be an adhesive formed from any of the adhesive compositions disclosed herein).
  • the adhesives disclosed herein, in the form of the adhesive sheet may be preferably used in applications requiring resistance to moist heat whitening at a low refractive index, such as optical applications.
  • the adhesive layer has a haze of less than 3.0% after a wet heat test in which the adhesive layer is held in a wet heat environment of 85°C and 85% RH for 240 hours.
  • Adhesive sheets that exhibit such wet heat whitening resistance can be preferably used in applications requiring wet heat whitening resistance at a low refractive index, such as optical applications.
  • the adhesive sheet has a peel strength against a glass plate (tensile speed 300 mm/min, peel angle 180 degrees) of 0.1 N/25 mm or more.
  • Adhesive sheets exhibiting such peel strength can be preferably used for bonding, fixing, protection, etc. in applications requiring resistance to moist heat whitening at a low refractive index, such as optical applications.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.
  • monomer components constituting a polymer refers to monomers that constitute the repeating units of the polymer in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition, regardless of whether the monomers are contained in the adhesive composition in the form of a preformed polymer (which may be an oligomer) or in the form of an unpolymerized monomer.
  • the monomer components constituting the polymer may be contained in the adhesive composition in the form of a polymer, an unpolymer, or a partially polymerized product.
  • the "base polymer” of an adhesive refers to the main component of the rubber-like polymer contained in the adhesive, and is not to be interpreted in any other restrictive manner.
  • the rubber-like polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range around room temperature.
  • the "main component” refers to a component that is contained in an amount of more than 50% by weight, unless otherwise specified.
  • acrylic polymer refers to a polymer that contains, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, a monomer unit derived from a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule.
  • a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule is also referred to as an "acrylic monomer”. Therefore, in this specification, an acrylic polymer is defined as a polymer that contains a monomer unit derived from an acrylic monomer.
  • a typical example of an acrylic polymer is a polymer in which the proportion of acrylic monomers in all monomers used in the synthesis of the acrylic polymer is more than 50% by weight (preferably more than 70% by weight, for example more than 80% by weight or more than 90% by weight).
  • acrylic monomers here can include both monomers having an acryloyl group (acrylic monomers) and monomers having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomers).
  • the refractive index of the adhesive disclosed herein is 1.450 or less, for example, 1.300 or more and 1.450 or less. According to the technology disclosed herein, an adhesive having such a refractive index, an adhesive composition capable of forming the adhesive, and an adhesive sheet including the adhesive can be provided.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive is preferably, for example, 1.440 or less, more preferably 1.430 or less, and may be 1.425 or less or 1.424 or less.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive may be, for example, 1.420 or less, 1.410 or less, 1.400 or less, or less than 1.400 (for example, less than 1.390).
  • the refractive index of the adhesive may be, for example, 1.320 or more, 1.350 or more, 1.360 or more, 1.370 or more, 1.380 or more, 1.400 or more, 1.410 or more, 1.420 or more, or 1.430 or more.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the refractive index of the adhesive is, for example, 1.350 or more and 1.450 or less, or 1.380 or more and 1.450 or less, or 1.400 or more and 1.440 or less.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by the composition of the adhesive (e.g., the composition ratio of the monomer components constituting the base polymer of the adhesive).
  • the refractive index of an adhesive refers to the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive.
  • the refractive index of an adhesive can be measured using a prism coupler at a measurement temperature of 25°C and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
  • a commercially available measuring device can be used, for example, the model "2010M” manufactured by Metricon or an equivalent product.
  • an adhesive layer made of the adhesive to be evaluated can be used.
  • the refractive index of an adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein has a storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less.
  • G'(-20°C) Storage Modulus
  • An adhesive with a limited G'(-20°C) in this way can be, for example, a low refractive index adhesive having flexibility suitable for repeated folding operations in a wide temperature range including a low temperature range.
  • the G'(-20°C) of the adhesive is preferably 1.5 x 10 6 Pa or less, more preferably 1.0 x 10 6 Pa or less, may be 8.0 x 10 5 Pa or less, may be 7.0 x 10 5 Pa or less, may be 6.0 x 10 5 Pa or less, may be 5.5 x 10 5 Pa or less, or may be 5.0 x 10 5 Pa or less.
  • the lower limit of the G'(-20°C) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more, 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more, 5.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more, 1.0 ⁇ 10 5 Pa or more, 3.0 ⁇ 10 5 Pa or more, or 5.0 ⁇ 10 5 Pa or more.
  • An adhesive having the above G'(-20°C) can have a moderate cohesive force while having flexibility.
  • an adhesive having the above G'(-20°C) tends to easily achieve both a low refractive index and flexibility.
  • the storage modulus at 25°C (G'(25°C)) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 1.0 x 106 Pa or less.
  • the G'(25°C) of the adhesive may be, for example, 5.0 x 105 Pa or less, 1.0 x 105 Pa or less, 5.0 x 104 Pa or less, or 4.5 x 104 Pa or less. It is preferable that the G'(25°C) of the adhesive disclosed herein is low from the viewpoint of achieving both a low refractive index and flexibility (for example, flexibility suitable for repeated folding operations).
  • the lower limit of the G'(25°C) of the adhesive is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 1.0 x 103 Pa or more, or 5.0 x 103 Pa or more.
  • the G'(25°C) of the adhesive is suitably 1.0 x 10 4 Pa or more, or may be 2.0 x 10 4 Pa or more, 3.0 x 10 4 Pa or more, or may be 4.0 x 10 4 Pa or more.
  • the storage modulus at 60°C (G'(60°C)) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 5.0x105 Pa or less, 2.0x105 Pa or less, 1.0x105 Pa or less, 8.0x104 Pa or less, 6.0x104 Pa or less, 4.0x104 Pa or less, 3.5x104 Pa or less, or 3.0x104 Pa or less.
  • An adhesive having a limited G'(60°C) as described above tends to provide good flexibility in the room temperature range.
  • the lower limit of G'(60°C) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more, preferably 5.0 ⁇ 10 3 Pa or more, more preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more, and may be 2.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more, 2.5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more, 3.0 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more, or 3.5 ⁇ 10 4 Pa or more.
  • Pressure-sensitive adhesives having the above G'(60°C) tend to have appropriate cohesive strength even in a high temperature range and have excellent heat resistance, and are therefore preferred.
  • the ratio of G'(-20°C) to G'(25°C) of the adhesive i.e., the storage modulus ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)), may be, for example, 1500 or less, 1200 or less, 1000 or less, or 900 or less.
  • An adhesive having the ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) limited to a predetermined value or less is preferable because the change in the modulus of elasticity is suppressed in the temperature range from the low temperature range to the room temperature range, and therefore the adhesive is likely to exhibit stable characteristics (flexibility, etc.) against temperature changes.
  • the (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) is suitably 800 or less, advantageously 600 or less, and preferably 500 or less, 400 or less, or 300 or less, and may be 200 or less, 100 or less, or may be 75 or less, 60 or less, 45 or less, 30 or less, 20 or less, or 15 or less.
  • the lower limit of the ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) is typically more than 1.0, and may be, for example, 1.1 or more. In consideration of a balance with other properties, in some embodiments, the ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) may be 2.0 or more, 5.0 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, or 20 or more.
  • the ratio of G'(25°C) to G'(60°C) of the adhesive i.e., the storage modulus ratio (G'(25°C)/G'(60°C)), may be, for example, 100 or less or 70 or less, advantageously 50 or less, preferably 40 or less or 30 or less, may be 20 or less, may be 10 or less, may be 8.0 or less, 6.0 or less, 4.0 or less, 3.0 or less, or 2.0 or less, may be 1.8 or less, may be 1.6 or less, may be 1.5 or less, or may be 1.4 or less.
  • An adhesive having the ratio (G'(25°C)/G'(60°C)) limited to a predetermined value or less has a suppressed change in the modulus of elasticity in the temperature range from room temperature to a high temperature range, and therefore is likely to exhibit stable characteristics (flexibility, etc.) against temperature changes.
  • the lower limit of the ratio (G'(25°C)/G'(60°C)) is typically more than 1.0, and may be, for example, 1.1 or more. Taking into account the balance with other properties, in some embodiments, the ratio (G'(25°C)/G'(60°C)) may be 1.2 or more, 1.3 or more, or 1.4 or more.
  • the storage modulus of the adhesive at each temperature can be measured by the method described in the Examples below, and the above-mentioned storage modulus ratios can be calculated from the results.
  • the storage modulus and storage modulus ratio of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components that make up the base polymer of the adhesive, selecting the type and amount of crosslinking agent used, etc.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but is suitably 5°C or less (e.g., -60°C or more and 5°C or less) from the viewpoint of easily obtaining good flexibility in the low temperature range.
  • the Tg of the adhesive is advantageously 0°C or less (e.g., -5°C or less), preferably -10°C or less (e.g., -15°C or less), more preferably -20°C or less, and may be -22°C or less, or may be -24°C or less.
  • the lower the Tg of the adhesive the more excellent the adhesive properties such as adhesion to the adherend tend to be.
  • the lower limit of the Tg of the adhesive may be, for example, -50°C or more, -40°C or more, or -30°C or more.
  • An adhesive having the above Tg tends to easily obtain a moderate cohesive force.
  • an adhesive that is compatible with a low refractive index and a low elastic modulus tends to be easily formed.
  • the Tg of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the Tg of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, selecting the type and amount of the crosslinking agent used, and the like.
  • the elongation at break ( EB ) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, in the range of 200% or more and 10,000% or less. From the viewpoint of flexibility and elongation deformability, in some embodiments, the EB of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be, for example, 300% or more, advantageously 400% or more, preferably 500% or more, more preferably 750% or more, may be 800% or more, may be 900% or more, may be 1000% or more, or may be 1200% or more.
  • the EB of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is suitably 9,000% or less, advantageously 8,000% or less, preferably 7,000% or less, more preferably 6,000% or less, may be 5,000% or less, may be 4,000% or less, may be 3,000% or less, 2,000% or less, or 1,500% or less.
  • the EB of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the EB of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, selecting the type and amount of the crosslinking agent, etc.
  • the ratio of the storage modulus at 25°C (G'(25°C)) to the elongation at break (E B ), i.e., the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ), may be, for example, 1.0x10 5 or less, 5.0x10 4 or less, 1.0x10 4 or less, 5.0x10 3 or less, 1.0x10 3 or less, 500 or less, 300 or less, or 150 or less.
  • the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is a dimensionless number calculated from the numerical portion of the G'(25°C) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive expressed in units of "Pa” and the numerical portion of the E B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive expressed in units of "%".
  • a higher (harder) G'(25°C) and a smaller E B of the adhesive are both factors that increase the value of the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ).
  • a brittle material or a weak (low cohesive strength) material is more likely to tear when stretched and has a smaller E B value.
  • the ratio (G'(25°C)/ EB ) is suitably less than 100 (e.g., 95 or less), and may be 80 or less, 70 or less, 60 or less, or 50 or less.
  • the lower limit of the ratio (G'(25°C)/ EB ) is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, taking into consideration the balance with other properties, the ratio (G'(25°C)/ EB ) may be, for example, 5.0 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 30 or more, 40 or more, or 45 or more.
  • the ratio of the storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) to the elongation at break (E B ), i.e., the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ), may be, for example, 5.0 x 10 6 or less, 5.0 x 10 5 or less, 5.0 x 10 4 or less, 1.0 x 10 4 or less, or 5.0 x 10 3 or less.
  • the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) is a dimensionless number calculated from the numerical part when the G'(-20°C) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is expressed in units of "Pa” and the numerical part when the E B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is expressed in units of "%".
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a refractive index of a predetermined value or less and having the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) in the above range is preferred from the viewpoint of achieving both a low refractive index and relatively rapid followability to deformation.
  • the ratio (G'(-20°C)/ EB ) is suitably 2500 or less, advantageously 2000 or less, preferably 1500 or less (e.g.
  • the ratio (G'(-20°C)/ EB ) may be, for example, 20 or more, 50 or more, 100 or more, 150 or more, 200 or more, 250 or more, 300 or more, 350 or more, or 400 or more.
  • the Young's modulus of the adhesive disclosed herein may be, for example, in the range of about 0.01 MPa to 50 MPa.
  • the Young's modulus of the adhesive is suitably 30 MPa or less (e.g., 20 MPa or less or 10 MPa or less), and is advantageously 8.0 MPa or less (e.g., 6.0 MPa or less, 4.5 MPa or less, 3.0 MPa or less, or 2.0 MPa or less), and may be 1.0 MPa or less, 0.80 MPa or less, or less than 0.80 MPa.
  • the Young's modulus of the adhesive may be, for example, less than 0.60 MPa, less than 0.50 MPa, less than 0.20 MPa, less than 0.10 MPa, or less than 0.08 MPa.
  • the Young's modulus of the adhesive may be, for example, 0.03 MPa or more, or 0.05 MPa or more.
  • the Young's modulus of the adhesive may be 0.06 MPa or more, or 0.07 MPa or more, taking into consideration the balance with other properties.
  • the Young's modulus of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the Young's modulus of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, selecting the type and amount of the crosslinking agent, etc.
  • the rupture stress of the adhesive disclosed herein may be, for example, within the range of about 0.10 MPa to 30 MPa. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of the processability and handling of the adhesive or the adhesive sheet having the adhesive, the rupture stress of the adhesive is, for example, suitably 0.2 MPa or more or 0.3 MPa or more, and may be 0.4 MPa or more.
  • the rupture stress of the adhesive is suitably 15 MPa or less, preferably 12 MPa or less, may be 10 MPa or less, may be 8.0 MPa or less, may be 4.0 MPa or less, may be 2.0 MPa or less, may be 1.0 MPa or less, may be 0.8 MPa or less, or may be 0.6 MPa or less.
  • the rupture stress of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the rupture stress of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, selecting the type and amount of the crosslinking agent, etc.
  • the type of adhesive is not particularly limited.
  • the adhesive may contain one or more of various rubber-like polymers such as acrylic polymers, rubber polymers (e.g., natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof, etc.), polyester polymers, urethane polymers, polyether polymers, silicone polymers, polyamide polymers, and fluorine polymers, which can be used in the field of adhesives, as adhesive polymers (hereinafter also referred to as "base polymers" in the sense of structural polymers that form the adhesive).
  • base polymers adhesive polymers
  • an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer or a rubber polymer as a base polymer can be preferably adopted.
  • an adhesive (acrylic adhesive) having an acrylic polymer as a base polymer is preferable.
  • the technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in an embodiment using an acrylic adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein contains an acrylic polymer (F).
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (F) includes a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer.
  • the acrylic polymer (F) includes the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer as a monomer unit.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein is preferably an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive including the acrylic polymer (F) as a base polymer.
  • the acrylic polymer (F) may be abbreviated as "polymer (F)".
  • the polymer (F) may be a polymer of monomer components including at least a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer and may further include another monomer (copolymerizable monomer) having copolymerizability with the monomer.
  • the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is an acrylic monomer having at least one fluorine atom in the molecule.
  • a fluorine-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester can be suitably used.
  • a suitable example of the fluorine-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester is one having a fluorinated hydrocarbon group at the ester end.
  • Examples of the fluorinated hydrocarbon group include a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a fluorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and a fluorinated aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • a suitable example of the fluorinated hydrocarbon group is a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a fluorinated alkyl group.
  • the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group the aliphatic hydrocarbon portion may be linear or branched.
  • the fluorine atom may be bonded to any carbon atom in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group portion.
  • the fluorine atom bonded to one carbon atom may be singular or plural.
  • the number of carbon atoms to which fluorine atoms are bonded is not particularly limited.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group portion is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, taking into consideration compatibility with other copolymerizable monomers, a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having, for example, about 1 to 18 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 12) is preferred.
  • fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include fluorinated methyl groups such as trifluoromethyl group, difluoromethyl group, and monofluoromethyl group; fluorinated ethyl groups such as pentafluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethyl group, 1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethyl group, 1,1,2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,1-difluoroethyl group, 1,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 1-monofluoroethyl group, and 2-monofluoroethyl group; and the like.
  • fluorinated methyl groups such as trifluoromethyl group, difluoromethyl group, and monofluoromethyl group
  • fluorinated ethyl groups such as
  • fluorinated alkyl groups having 3 or more carbon atoms include various fluorinated alkyl groups in which one or more fluorine atoms are bonded to one or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group portion, similar to the above-mentioned fluorinated methyl and fluorinated ethyl groups.
  • Fluorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon groups include fluorinated cycloalkyl groups.
  • the fluorine atom may be bonded to any carbon atom of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the number of fluorine atoms bonded to one carbon atom may be either single or multiple. Furthermore, there is no particular limit to the number of carbon atoms to which fluorine atoms are bonded.
  • Fluorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon groups include, for example, cyclohexyl groups having one fluorine atom, such as 2-fluorocyclohexyl, 3-fluorocyclohexyl, and 4-fluorocyclohexyl groups; cyclohexyl groups having two fluorine atoms, such as 2,4-difluorocyclohexyl and 2,6-difluorocyclohexyl groups; and cyclohexyl groups having three fluorine atoms, such as 2,4,6-trifluorocyclohexyl groups.
  • the fluorinated hydrocarbon group may or may not have a substituent.
  • a substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include hydrocarbon groups such as alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, hydroxy groups, carboxy groups, amino groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, and halogen atoms.
  • the substituents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid esters [fluorinated (meth)acrylates] include, for example, fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters [fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates], fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters [fluorinated cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates], and fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid aryl esters [fluorinated aryl (meth)acrylates].
  • fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates As the fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester, fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates (particularly fluorinated alkyl acrylates) are suitable.
  • fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates include 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate (e.g., "C6SFA Monomer” manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.), 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate (e.g., "Viscoat 3F” manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl acrylate (e.g., "Viscoat 4F” manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1H,1H,5H-octafluoropentyl acrylate (e.g., "Viscoat 8F” manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1
  • the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer is represented by the following formula (2): CH 2 ⁇ CR 1 COO(CH 2 ) n -Rf (2) (wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, n is 1 or 2, and Rf is a linear fluorinated alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms); fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates (Mf) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "monomer (Mf)”) represented by the formula (2) may be preferably used.
  • the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may contain any one of the fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates represented by the formula (2) alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the proportion of the monomer (Mf) in the fluorine-containing acrylic monomers contained in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 25% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 100% by weight.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the chain fluorinated alkyl group represented by Rf in the above formula (2) is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more (for example, 6) from the viewpoint of the effect of reducing the refractive index and flexibility.
  • the above chain fluorinated alkyl group may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of flexibility.
  • the above chain fluorinated alkyl group may be a perfluoroalkyl group or a partially fluorinated alkyl group (for example, a partially fluorinated alkyl group having a structure in which one or two fluorine atoms bonded to the terminal carbon atom in the perfluoroalkyl group are replaced with hydrogen atoms).
  • the above chain fluorinated alkyl group is preferably a chain (preferably linear) perfluoroalkyl group.
  • n in the above formula (2) is preferably 2 from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive.
  • R 1 in the above formula (2) is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive and the polymerization reactivity of the monomer (Mf).
  • 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate is an example of a preferred monomer (Mf) from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between a low refractive index and flexibility.
  • 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate may be used alone or in combination with other fluorine-containing acrylic monomers.
  • the proportion of 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate in the fluorine-containing acrylic monomers contained in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 25% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 100% by weight.
  • the content of the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 15% by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of achieving a low refractive index, it is advantageous to have it be 20% by weight or more, preferably 25% by weight or more, and more preferably 30% by weight or more or 35% by weight or more.
  • the above content may be, for example, 40% by weight or more, 43% by weight or more or more than 43% by weight, 45% by weight or more or more than 45% by weight, or 47% by weight or more or more than 47% by weight.
  • the upper limit of the content of the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is set so that the total with the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, less than 98% by weight, less than 95% by weight, or 90% by weight or less.
  • the content is suitably 80% by weight or less from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive, advantageously 70% by weight or less, may be 60% by weight or less, may be 55% by weight or less, or may be 50% by weight or less.
  • the content of the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer may also be applied to the content of the monomer (Mf) in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) or the content of 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F).
  • the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) may further include an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as "hydrophilic monomer (Mh)” or “monomer (Mh)”).
  • the monomer (Mh) can be useful, for example, for imparting an appropriate cohesive force to the adhesive, improving peel strength, and suppressing a decrease in transparency due to moisture (for example, suppressing an increase in haze value), etc.
  • the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule and having no acidic functional group is used.
  • the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) is a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule and having no acidic functional group of any of a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group.
  • the fact that the monomer (Mh) is acid-free is advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly an increase in the storage modulus in the low temperature range) associated with the use of the monomer (Mh).
  • the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the monomer (Mh) include (meth)acryloyl, vinyl, and (meth)allyl groups. From the viewpoint of flexibility, preferred ethylenically unsaturated groups include acryloyl, vinyl, and allyl groups. From the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, preferred ethylenically unsaturated groups include acryloyl and methacryloyl groups (more preferably acryloyl groups). From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the flexibility of the adhesive, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (i.e., a monofunctional monomer) is preferably used as the monomer (Mh).
  • the hydrophilic group of the monomer (Mh) may be, for example, a hydroxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, a (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group, etc.
  • An acid-free monomer having at least one such hydrophilic group in the molecule can be used as the monomer (Mh).
  • one or more monomers selected from at least one of a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, an amide group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, and a (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer are used as the monomer (Mh).
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, and (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • one or more hydroxyl group-containing monomers may be used in combination with one or more other monomers (e.g., amide group-containing monomers).
  • the proportion of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer (Mh) can be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and can be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less.
  • Suitable examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) (Tg of homopolymer: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) (Tg of homopolymer: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly improving flexibility in the low temperature range), 4HBA, which has a lower homopolymer Tg, is more preferable.
  • 4HBA 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate
  • HOA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • 50% by weight or more e.g., more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight, or more than 85% by weight
  • 100% by weight or less of the hydroxyl group-containing monomers used as monomers (Mh) may be 4HBA.
  • amide group-containing monomer examples include (meth)acrylamide; N,N-dialkyl (meth)acrylamides such as N,N-dimethyl (meth)acrylamide and N,N-diethyl (meth)acrylamide; N-monoalkyl (meth)acrylamides such as N-ethyl (meth)acrylamide and N-isopropyl (meth)acrylamide; N-vinyl carboxylic acid amides such as N-vinyl formamide and N-vinyl acetamide; (meth)acrylamides having a hydroxyl group such as N-(2-hydroxyethyl)acrylamide and N-methylolacrylamide; N-vinyl cyclic amides such as N-vinyl pyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinyl piperidone, N-vinyl caprolactam and N-vinyl-3-morpholinone; cyclic amides having an N-(meth)acryloyl group such as 1-
  • the amide group-containing monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the monomer (Mh) one or more amide group-containing monomers may be used in combination with one or more other monomers (e.g., hydroxyl group-containing monomers).
  • the proportion of the amide group-containing monomer in the monomer (Mh) can be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and can be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less.
  • One suitable example of the amide group-containing monomer is N-vinyl cyclic amide. Among them, NVP is preferable.
  • Some amide group-containing monomers such as N-(2-hydroxyethyl)acrylamide, are also hydroxyl group-containing monomers, and some, such as N-vinyl cyclic amide, are also monomers that have a nitrogen atom-containing ring.
  • amino group-containing monomer examples include dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and t-butylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the amino group-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • monomer (Mh) one or more amino group-containing monomers may be used in combination with one or more other monomers.
  • the proportion of the amino group-containing monomer in the monomer (Mh) may be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and may be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less.
  • Examples of the monomer having the nitrogen atom-containing ring include vinylpyridine, vinylpyrimidine, vinylpyrazine, vinylpyrrole, vinylimidazole, vinylisoxazole, (meth)acryloylmorpholine, (meth)acryloylpiperidine, (meth)acryloylpyrrolidine, etc.
  • the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • As the monomer (Mh) one or more monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring may be used in combination with one or more other monomers.
  • the proportion of the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring in the monomer (Mh) can be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and can be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less.
  • the oxy C1-2 alkylene group in the (poly)oxy C1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer refers to an oxyalkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, i.e., an -O( CH2 ) q- group (where q is 1 or 2).
  • the (poly)oxy C1-2 alkylene group refers collectively to an oxy C1-2 alkylene group and a polyoxy C1-2 alkylene group, and can be expressed as an -(O( CH2 ) q ) r- group.
  • q in the above formula is 1 or 2, and it is preferable that q is 2, i.e., the -(O( CH2 ) q ) r- group is a (poly)oxyethylene group.
  • r may be, for example, 1 or more or 2 or more, and may be, for example, 30 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, 5 or less, or 3 or less.
  • the (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer include polyoxyethylene (meth)acrylates such as methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxypolyoxyethylene (meth)acrylate, and ethoxypolyoxyethylene (meth)acrylate.
  • polyoxyethylene (meth)acrylate for example, one having a polyoxyethylene group with a lower limit of r of 3 or more, 4 or more, or 5 or more in the above formula can be used.
  • the (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • monomer (Mh) one or two or more (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomers may be used in combination with one or two or more other monomers.
  • the proportion of the (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer in the monomer (Mh) can be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and can be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less.
  • Examples of (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomers that can be preferably used from the viewpoint of flexibility of the adhesive include methoxyethyl acrylate (MEA, homopolymer Tg: -50°C), ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate (also known as ethyl carbitol acrylate (CBA), homopolymer Tg: -67°C), and the like.
  • MEA methoxyethyl acrylate
  • CBA ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate
  • CBA ethyl carbitol acrylate
  • the content of the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) is set so that the total content of the other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, more than 0.5% by weight or more than 1.0% by weight. From the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher usage effect, it may be more than 2.0% by weight or more than 3.0% by weight.
  • the content of the monomer (Mh) in the monomer components is advantageously more than 5.0% by weight from the viewpoint of suppressing the phenomenon in which the adhesive whitens due to exposure to high temperature and high humidity conditions (humid heat whitening), and may be, for example, more than 5.5% by weight, more than 6.0% by weight, 8.0% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer (Mh) in the monomer component may be, for example, 50% by weight or less.
  • the content of the monomer (Mh) in the monomer component may be 10% by weight or less, 5.0% by weight or less, 1.0% by weight or less, or 0.5% by weight or less.
  • the monomer (Mh) may not be used.
  • the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, more than 0.5% by weight or more than 1.0% by weight, or more than 2.0% by weight or more than 3.0% by weight.
  • the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is advantageously more than 4.0% by weight or more than 5.0% by weight from the viewpoint of favorably achieving both flexibility and wet heat whitening resistance at a low refractive index, and may be, for example, more than 5.5% by weight, more than 6.0% by weight, 8.0% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more.
  • the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 50% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index of the adhesive, it is preferably 40% by weight or less or 35% by weight or less, and may be 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less, and may be 10% by weight or less, 5.0% by weight or less, 1.0% by weight or less, or 0.5% by weight or less.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer may not be used.
  • the above description regarding the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) can also be applied to the content of the monomer containing a (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F).
  • the content of the amide group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, more than 0.5% by weight or more than 1.0% by weight, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher use effect, it may be more than 2.0% by weight or more than 3.0% by weight, more than 4.0% by weight, more than 5.0% by weight, more than 5.5% by weight, more than 6.0% by weight, or more than 8.0% by weight.
  • the content of the amide group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is preferably 40% by weight or less or 30% by weight or less from the viewpoint of lowering the refractive index of the adhesive, and is suitably 20% by weight or less from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly, flexibility in the low temperature range), preferably 15% by weight or less, more preferably 10% by weight or less, and may be 5.0% by weight or less, 1.0% by weight or less, or 0.5% by weight or less. It is not necessary to use an amide group-containing monomer.
  • the above description regarding the content of the amide group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) can also be applied to the content of the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and the content of the amino group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F).
  • a hydrophilic monomer having a homopolymer glass transition temperature (Tg) of 40° C. or less preferably 25° C. or less, more preferably 0° C. or less, more preferably ⁇ 10° C. or less, for example ⁇ 20° C. or less, ⁇ 25° C. or less, or ⁇ 30° C. or less
  • Tg homopolymer glass transition temperature
  • the lower limit of the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer (Mh L ) is not particularly limited.
  • the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer (Mh L ) can be, for example, ⁇ 80° C. or more, ⁇ 70° C. or more, ⁇ 60° C. or more, or ⁇ 50° C. or more.
  • the monomer (Mh L ) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a compound having a corresponding Tg can be appropriately selected from among the compounds encompassed by the concept of the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) disclosed herein (for example, the monomers (Mh) exemplified above).
  • the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) that can be used as the monomer (Mh L ) include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, methoxyethyl acrylate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate, etc.
  • the ratio of the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer (Mh) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of enhancing the effect of using the monomer (Mh L ), in some embodiments, the ratio of the monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer (Mh) is, for example, suitably 5% by weight or more, advantageously 10% by weight or more, preferably 20% by weight or more, may be 25% by weight or more, may be 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more. The above ratio may be 100% by weight. That is, only one or two or more low Tg hydrophilic monomers (Mh L ) may be used as the monomer (Mh).
  • the ratio of the monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer (Mh) may be, for example, 90% by weight or less, 75% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less.
  • the content of the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0.5 wt%, more than 1.0 wt%, more than 2.0 wt%, more than 3.0 wt%, or more than 4.0 wt%.
  • the content of the monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, more than 5.0 wt%, more than 5.5 wt%, more than 6.0 wt%, 8.0 wt% or more, 10 wt% or more, 15 wt% or more, 20 wt% or more, or 25 wt% or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the monomer (Mh L ) in the above monomer component is set so that the total with the contents of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, 50% by weight or less.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive it is advantageous to have it be 40% by weight or less, and it is preferably 35% by weight or less, or it may be 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less.
  • the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) contained in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) advantageously has a glass transition temperature Tg h based on the composition of the monomer (Mh) of 100° C. or less, preferably 80° C. or less, and more preferably 60° C. or less.
  • Tg h glass transition temperature
  • the monomer (Mh) so that Tg h is equal to or less than the above temperature, it is possible to enjoy the effects of using the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) while suppressing an increase in the storage modulus G'.
  • Tg h is suitably 50° C. or less, advantageously 40° C. or less, preferably 30° C. or less or 15° C.
  • Tg h is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, -80° C. or more, -70° C. or more, -60° C. or more, or -50° C. or more.
  • the glass transition temperature Tgh based on the composition of the monomer (Mh) refers to the glass transition temperature calculated by the Fox formula based on the composition of only the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) among the monomer components constituting the polymer (F).
  • the Fox formula is a relational expression between the Tg of a copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of a homopolymer obtained by homopolymerizing each of the monomers constituting the copolymer.
  • Tg represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the copolymer
  • Wi represents the weight fraction (copolymerization ratio by weight) of monomer i in the copolymer
  • Tgi represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the homopolymer of monomer i.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used to calculate Tg is the value described in publicly available documents such as "Polymer Handbook" (3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) and manufacturer catalogs. For monomers for which multiple values are described in the Polymer Handbook, the highest value is adopted. If the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in publicly available documents, the value obtained by the measurement method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271 is used.
  • the glass transition temperature Tgh can be calculated from the glass transition temperature of a homopolymer of each acid-free hydrophilic monomer used as the monomer (Mh) and the weight fraction of each acid-free hydrophilic monomer in the total amount of the monomer (Mh) by applying the Fox formula to only the monomer (Mh) among the monomer components constituting the polymer (F).
  • the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer and the glass transition temperature Tgh are the same.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 is a linear alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms (hereinafter, this range of carbon atoms may be expressed as "C 4-18 ").
  • the monomer (M1) represented by the above formula (1) can be rephrased as a C 4-18 linear alkyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the monomer (M1) can be useful for adjusting the storage modulus G' of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improving the elongation.
  • the monomer (M1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • C4-18 chain alkyl (meth)acrylates include n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, s-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, and nonyl (meth)acrylate.
  • acrylate isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate, pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, and the like, but are not limited to these.
  • the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) advantageously contains, as the monomer (M1), an alkyl (meth)acrylate in which R 2 in the above formula (1) is a C 4-12 chain alkyl group, i.e., a C 4-12 chain alkyl (meth)acrylate, from the viewpoint of the storage modulus of the adhesive, and preferably contains a C 4-10 chain alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably a C 4-10 chain alkyl acrylate (e.g., a C 5-9 chain alkyl acrylate), from the viewpoint of the low temperature properties of the adhesive.
  • R 2 in the above formula (1) is a C 4-12 chain alkyl group
  • R 2 in the above formula (1) is a C 4-12 chain alkyl group
  • R 2 in the above formula (1) is a C 4-12 chain alkyl group
  • R 2 in the above formula (1) is a C 4-12 chain alkyl group
  • R 2 in the above formula (1) is a C 4-12 chain alkyl
  • C 4-12 chain alkyl (meth)acrylate examples include n-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, n-heptyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, etc. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the monomer (M1) in the monomer component can be set so that the effect of use is appropriately exhibited.
  • the content of the monomer (M1) may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer (M1) may be 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, or 45% by weight or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the monomer (M1) in the monomer component is set so that the total with the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, less than 80% by weight.
  • the content of the monomer (M1) in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is suitably 75% by weight or less, may be 65% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, or may be 50% by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be implemented in embodiments in which the content of the monomer (M1) is 45% by weight or less, 35% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or 0% by weight.
  • a linear C4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate ( low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate) having a homopolymer Tg of 0°C or less (more preferably -10°C or less, even more preferably -25°C or less, for example -35°C or less, -45°C or less, -50°C or less, -55°C or less, or -60°C or less) may be preferably used.
  • Such a low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate may be useful for improving the flexibility of the adhesive.
  • the lower limit of the Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, -85°C or more, -80°C or more, or -75°C or more.
  • Specific examples of the low Tg alkyl(meth)acrylate include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), hexyl acrylate (HxA), n-octyl acrylate (NOAA), isononyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, isostearyl acrylate, etc. From the viewpoint of flexibility in the low temperature range, C4-10 chain alkyl(meth)acrylate is preferred, and C4-10 chain alkyl acrylate (for example, C5-9 chain alkyl acrylate) is more preferred.
  • the proportion of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer (M1) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of enhancing the effect of using the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate, in some embodiments, the proportion of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer (M1) is, for example, suitably 5% by weight or more, advantageously 10% by weight or more, preferably 20% by weight or more, may be 25% by weight or more, may be 33% by weight or more, may be 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or may be 90% by weight or more. The above proportion may be 100% by weight.
  • the proportion of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer (M1) may be, for example, 90% by weight or less, 75% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less.
  • the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, or 45% by weight or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is set so that the total with the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, less than 80% by weight.
  • the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate is suitably 75% by weight or less, and may be 65% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, or 50% by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be implemented in an embodiment in which the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) is 45% by weight or less, 35% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or 0% by weight.
  • the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may contain monomers (hereinafter also referred to as "other monomers”) other than the above-mentioned fluorine-containing acrylic monomer, monomer (Mh) and monomer (M1) as necessary.
  • Examples of the other monomers include C 1-3 alkyl (meth)acrylates such as methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate; chain alkyl (meth)acrylates in which the chain alkyl group has 19 or more carbon atoms (for example, about 19 to 24 carbon atoms), such as nonadecyl (meth)acrylate and eicosyl (meth)acrylate; non-aromatic ring-containing monomers such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and isobornyl (meth)acrylate; aromatic ring-containing monomers such as styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene and vinyl toluene; vinyl ester monomers such as vinyl acetate; olefin monomers such as ethylene, butadiene and isobutylene; chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; vinyl ether monomers such as methyl vinyl ether; cyano group-containing monomers such as acrylonitrile
  • the amount used is not particularly limited and can be appropriately set within a range in which the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight.
  • the content of the other monomers in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) can be, for example, about 35% by weight or less, and it is appropriate to set it to about 25% by weight or less (e.g., 0 to 25% by weight), and it may be about 20% by weight or less (e.g., 0 to 20% by weight), about 10% by weight or less, about 5% by weight or less, for example, about 1% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, or 0.05% by weight or less.
  • the other monomers may not be used.
  • the acidic functional group-containing monomer may be one or more selected from carboxy group-containing monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate carboxyethyl, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, etc.; sulfonic acid group-containing monomers; and phosphoric acid group-containing monomers.
  • carboxy group-containing monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate carboxyethyl, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, etc.
  • sulfonic acid group-containing monomers phosphoric acid group-containing monomers.
  • the content of the acidic functional group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting polymer (F) may be, for example
  • the upper limit of the content of the carboxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component is set so that the total amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer and the amount of the other monomers used does not exceed 100% by weight.
  • the content of the acidic functional group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is suitably less than 7.0 wt%, preferably less than 5.0 wt%, more preferably less than 3.0 wt%, and may be less than 2.0 wt%, less than 1.0 wt%, less than 0.5 wt%, less than 0.3 wt%, less than 0.1 wt%, or less than 0.05 wt%.
  • the content of the acidic functional group-containing monomer (e.g., carboxyl group-containing monomer) is limited in this manner, which is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring or discoloration (e.g., yellowing) of the adhesive, and is also advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly, flexibility in the low temperature range).
  • the content of the acidic functional group-containing monomer is limited, which is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing corrosion of metal materials (e.g., metal wiring, metal films, etc. that may be present on the adherend) that may be placed in contact with or in close proximity to the adhesive disclosed herein.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) does not contain an acidic functional group-containing monomer (i.e., an embodiment in which the polymer (F) is acid-free).
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be formed using an adhesive composition containing the monomer components of the above-mentioned composition in the form of a polymer, an unpolymerized product (i.e., a form in which the polymerizable functional group is unreacted), or a mixture thereof.
  • the adhesive composition can be in various forms, such as a composition containing an adhesive (adhesive component) in an organic solvent (solvent-type adhesive composition), a composition in which an adhesive is dispersed in an aqueous solvent (water-dispersed adhesive composition), a composition prepared to be cured by active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or radiation to form an adhesive (active energy ray-curable adhesive composition), or a hot melt-type adhesive composition that is applied in a heated and molten state and forms an adhesive when cooled to around room temperature.
  • solvent-type adhesive composition a composition containing an adhesive (adhesive component) in an organic solvent (solvent-type adhesive composition)
  • solvent-type adhesive composition a composition in which an adhesive is dispersed in an aqueous solvent
  • active energy ray-curable adhesive composition a composition prepared to be cured by active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or radiation to form an adhesive
  • a hot melt-type adhesive composition that is applied in a heated and molten state
  • active energy rays refers to energy rays that have the energy to cause chemical reactions such as polymerization reactions, crosslinking reactions, and decomposition of initiators.
  • active energy rays include light such as ultraviolet rays, visible light, and infrared rays, as well as radiation such as alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, electron beams, neutron beams, and X-rays.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains at least a part of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) (which may be a part of the type of monomer or a part of the amount) in the form of a polymer.
  • the polymerization method for forming the polymer is not particularly limited, and various conventionally known polymerization methods can be appropriately adopted.
  • thermal polymerization such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, and bulk polymerization (typically performed in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator); photopolymerization performed by irradiating with light such as ultraviolet rays (typically performed in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator); radiation polymerization performed by irradiating with radiation such as ⁇ rays and ⁇ rays; and the like can be appropriately adopted.
  • photopolymerization is preferable.
  • the mode of polymerization is not particularly limited, and the polymerization can be performed by appropriately selecting a conventionally known monomer supply method, polymerization conditions (temperature, time, pressure, light exposure amount, radiation exposure amount, etc.), and materials used other than the monomer (polymerization initiator, surfactant, etc.).
  • a known or commonly used photopolymerization initiator or thermal polymerization initiator may be used depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc.
  • Such polymerization initiators may be used alone or in appropriate combination of two or more types.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but examples that can be used include ketal-based photopolymerization initiators, acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, ⁇ -ketol-based photopolymerization initiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiators, photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators, benzyl-based photopolymerization initiators, benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, and thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiators.
  • ketal-based photopolymerization initiators include 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one (eg, Omnirad 651, a product name of IGM Resins).
  • acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators include 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (e.g., trade name "Omnirad 184" manufactured by IGM Resins), 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyl-dichloroacetophenone, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, methoxyacetophenone, and the like.
  • benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiator examples include benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin propyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, and benzoin isobutyl ether, and substituted benzoin ethers such as anisole methyl ether.
  • acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization initiator examples include bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-2,4-di-n-butoxyphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-2,4,4-trimethylpentylphosphine oxide, and the like.
  • ⁇ -ketol-based photopolymerization initiators include 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropiophenone, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2-methylpropan-1-one, etc.
  • aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiators include 2-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride, etc.
  • photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiators include 1-phenyl-1,1-propanedione-2-(o-ethoxycarbonyl)-oxime, etc.
  • benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators include benzoin, etc.
  • benzyl-based photopolymerization initiators include benzyl, etc.
  • benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator examples include benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, polyvinylbenzophenone, ⁇ -hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, and the like.
  • thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiator examples include thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, dodecylthioxanthone, and the like.
  • Thermal polymerization initiators are not particularly limited, but examples of initiators that can be used include azo-based polymerization initiators, peroxide-based initiators, redox-based initiators that are a combination of peroxides and reducing agents, and substituted ethane-based initiators.
  • initiators examples include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane] dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(N,N'-dimethyleneisobutylamidine), 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methyl
  • examples include, but are not limited to, azo-based initiators such as propionamidine hydrate; persulfates such as potassium persulfate and ammonium persulfate; peroxide-based initiators such as benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; re
  • the amount of such a thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator used can be a normal amount depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc., and is not particularly limited. For example, about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight (typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, for example about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) of polymerization initiator can be used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer to be polymerized.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition includes a polymerization reaction product of a monomer mixture containing at least a part of a monomer component (raw material monomer). Typically, the monomer component is included in the form of a polymer, and the remaining part is included in the form of an unpolymerized product (unreacted monomer).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition including the polymerized product and the unpolymerized product of the monomer component can be preferably used as, for example, an active energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the polymerization reaction product of the monomer mixture can be prepared by at least partially polymerizing the monomer mixture.
  • the polymerization reaction product is preferably a partial polymer of the monomer mixture.
  • a partial polymer is a mixture of a polymer derived from the monomer mixture and an unreacted monomer, and typically has a syrup-like appearance (viscous liquid).
  • a partial polymer having such properties may be referred to as a "monomer syrup” or simply as a “syrup.”
  • the polymerization method for obtaining the above-mentioned polymerization reaction product is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods as described above can be appropriately selected and used. From the viewpoints of efficiency and simplicity, a photopolymerization method can be preferably used. With photopolymerization, the polymerization conversion rate of the above-mentioned monomer mixture can be easily controlled by the polymerization conditions such as the amount of light irradiation (light amount).
  • the polymerization conversion rate (monomer conversion) of the monomer mixture in the partial polymer is not particularly limited.
  • the polymerization conversion rate can be, for example, about 70% by weight or less, and is preferably about 60% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation and coatability of the adhesive composition containing the partial polymer, the polymerization conversion rate is usually appropriately about 50% by weight or less, and preferably about 40% by weight or less (for example, about 35% by weight or less).
  • the lower limit of the polymerization conversion rate is not particularly limited, but is typically about 1% by weight or more, and usually about 5% by weight or more is appropriate.
  • the adhesive composition containing the partial polymer of the monomer mixture can be obtained, for example, by partially polymerizing the monomer mixture containing all of the raw material monomers by an appropriate polymerization method (for example, photopolymerization method).
  • the adhesive composition containing the partial polymer can be blended with other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a crosslinking agent (which may be a polyfunctional monomer), etc.) that are used as needed.
  • a photopolymerization initiator for example, a crosslinking agent (which may be a polyfunctional monomer), etc.
  • the adhesive composition disclosed herein may be in a form in which a partial polymer or a complete polymer of a monomer mixture containing some types of monomers among the monomer components (raw material monomers) is dissolved in the remaining types of monomers or their partial polymers. Adhesive compositions in such a form are also included in examples of adhesive compositions containing polymerized and unpolymerized monomer components. In this specification, the term "completely polymerized" refers to a polymerization conversion rate of more than 95% by weight.
  • a photopolymerization method can be preferably used as a curing method (polymerization method) when forming an adhesive from an adhesive composition containing a polymerized product and an unpolymerized product of a monomer component.
  • a photopolymerization method it is particularly preferable to use a photopolymerization method as a curing method. Since the polymerization reactant obtained by the photopolymerization method already contains a photopolymerization initiator, when the adhesive composition containing this polymerization reactant is further cured to form an adhesive, it can be photocured without adding a new photopolymerization initiator.
  • the adhesive composition may be a composition in which a photopolymerization initiator is added as necessary to the polymerization reactant prepared by the photopolymerization method.
  • the added photopolymerization initiator may be the same as or different from the photopolymerization initiator used to prepare the polymerization reactant.
  • An adhesive composition prepared by a method other than photopolymerization can be made photocurable by adding a photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photocurable adhesive composition has the advantage that even a thick adhesive layer can be easily formed.
  • photopolymerization when forming an adhesive from the adhesive composition can be performed by ultraviolet irradiation. For ultraviolet irradiation, known high pressure mercury lamps, low pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, etc. can be used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains the monomer component in the form of a complete polymer.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be in the form of, for example, a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a polymer (F) which is a complete polymer of the monomer component (for example, a complete polymer by solution polymerization or emulsion polymerization) in an organic solvent, or an aqueous dispersion-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the polymer (F) is dispersed in an aqueous solvent.
  • the solvent (polymerization solvent) used in the solution polymerization of the monomer component can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents.
  • any one solvent selected from aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); acetate esters such as ethyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; or the like, or a mixed solvent of two or more solvents can be used.
  • aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); acetate esters such as ethyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexan
  • the adhesive composition may contain a crosslinking agent as necessary for the purpose of adjusting the cohesive strength of the adhesive.
  • a crosslinking agent known in the field of adhesives, such as an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, an epoxy-based crosslinking agent, an aziridine-based crosslinking agent, an oxazoline-based crosslinking agent, a melamine-based resin, or a metal chelate-based crosslinking agent, may be used.
  • preferred examples include an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent and an epoxy-based crosslinking agent.
  • crosslinking agent examples include a monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, that is, a polyfunctional monomer having two or more functions.
  • the crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, Bifunctional (meth)acrylates such as 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, glycerin di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, stearic acid modified pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl di(meth)acrylate, di(meth)acryl
  • a bifunctional or higher isocyanate compound can be used, for example, aliphatic polyisocyanates such as trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate (PDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and dimer acid diisocyanate; alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), and 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane; 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate.
  • aliphatic polyisocyanates such as trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate (PDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and dimer acid diisocyanate
  • alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclopentylene diisocyanate,
  • aromatic isocyanates such as 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate (XDI); modified polyisocyanates obtained by modifying the above-mentioned isocyanate compounds with an allophanate bond, a biuret bond, an isocyanurate bond, a uretdione bond, a urea bond, a carbodiimide bond, a uretonimine bond, an oxadiazinetrione bond or the like (e.g., an isocyanurate of HDI, an allophanate of HDI, etc.); polyhydric alcohol adducts of the above-mentioned isocyanate compounds (e.g., a trimethylolpropane adduct of XDI, etc.); and the like.
  • XDI xylylene diisocyanate
  • Examples of commercially available products include trade names Takenate 300S, Takenate 500, Takenate 600, Takenate D110N, Takenate D120N, Takenate D140N, Takenate D160N, Takenate D165N, Takenate D178N, Takenate D178NL (all manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), Sumidur T80, Sumidur L, Desmodur N3400 (all manufactured by Sumika Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX, Coronate 2770 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), trade names Duranate A201H, Duranate TPA-100 (all manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation), etc.
  • the isocyanate compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • a bifunctional isocyanate compound may be used in combination with a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound.
  • epoxy crosslinking agents include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin-type epoxy resins, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, and 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a bifunctional crosslinking agent having two crosslinking reactive groups per molecule is used as at least a portion of the crosslinking agent.
  • the bifunctional crosslinking agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • Examples of bifunctional crosslinking agents include bifunctional monomers such as bifunctional (meth)acrylates and bifunctional isocyanate compounds.
  • the bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used in combination with a trifunctional or higher crosslinking agent.
  • a non-cyclic crosslinking agent (also called a chain crosslinking agent) that does not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring is preferably used as the crosslinking agent.
  • a chain crosslinking agent As the acyclic crosslinking agent, for example, among the above-mentioned polyfunctional monomers, it is preferable to use a polyfunctional monomer that does not have a ring structure, such as a chain alkylene diol di(meth)acrylate or an alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate.
  • an isocyanate-based compound that does not have a ring structure, such as an aromatic ring or an isocyanurate ring.
  • acyclic isocyanates include aliphatic isocyanate-based compounds (e.g., PDI and HDI) and modified aliphatic isocyanate-based compounds (e.g., polyisocyanate modified PDI or HDI modified by allophanate bond, biuret bond, urea bond, or carbodiimide bond).
  • the acyclic crosslinking agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In some preferred embodiments, an acyclic bifunctional crosslinking agent can be used as the crosslinking agent.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited and can be set so as to obtain the desired characteristics.
  • the amount of crosslinking agent used can be, for example, in the range of about 0.001 to 5.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F).
  • the amount of crosslinking agent used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer components is appropriately 3.0 parts by weight or less, and preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, and may be, for example, 1.5 parts by weight or less, 1.0 parts by weight or less, 0.50 parts by weight or less, 0.30 parts by weight or less, 0.25 parts by weight or less, 0.20 parts by weight or less, 0.15 parts by weight or less, 0.12 parts by weight or less, 0.10 parts by weight or less, or 0.09 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, 0.005 parts by weight or more, 0.010 parts by weight or more, 0.015 parts by weight or more, 0.02 parts by weight or more, 0.04 parts by weight or more, 0.06 parts by weight or more, or 0.08 parts by weight or more, or 0.10 parts by weight or more, or 0.15 parts by weight or more.
  • a crosslinking catalyst may be used to promote the crosslinking reaction more effectively.
  • crosslinking catalysts include metal-based crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, nursem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate.
  • metal-based crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, nursem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate.
  • tin-based crosslinking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred.
  • the amount of the crosslinking catalyst used is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the crosslinking catalyst used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) can be in the range of, for example, approximately 0.0001 parts by weight to 1 part by weight, and preferably 0.001 parts by weight to 0.5 parts by weight, taking into consideration the balance between the speed of the crosslinking reaction and the length of the pot life of the adhesive composition.
  • the adhesive composition may contain a compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism as a crosslinking retarder. This may realize the effect of extending the pot life of the adhesive composition.
  • a compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism may be preferably used in an adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent.
  • various ⁇ -dicarbonyl compounds may be used as the compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism.
  • ⁇ -diketones acetylacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.
  • acetoacetate esters methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, etc.
  • the compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism may be, for example, 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, or may be 0.5 to 10 parts by weight, or may be 1 to 5 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer components that constitute the polymer (F).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent may be useful for improving the adhesive strength to the adherend.
  • the silane coupling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Silane coupling agents include silicon compounds having an epoxy structure such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane; amino group-containing silicon compounds such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane; (meth)acrylic group-containing silane coupling agents such as acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane; and isocyanate group-containing silane coupling agents such as 3-iso
  • the amount of the silane coupling agent used can be set so as to obtain the desired effect of use, and is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F), and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, it may be 0.005 parts by weight or more, 0.01 parts by weight or more, 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, or 0.2 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, less than 3.0 parts by weight, less than 2.0 parts by weight, less than 1.5 parts by weight, less than 1.0 parts by weight, or 0.5 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F).
  • the silane coupling agent may not be used.
  • the adhesive layer in the technology disclosed herein may contain a tackifier.
  • tackifier known tackifier resins such as rosin-based tackifier resins, terpene-based tackifier resins, phenol-based tackifier resins, hydrocarbon-based tackifier resins, ketone-based tackifier resins, polyamide-based tackifier resins, epoxy-based tackifier resins, and elastomer-based tackifier resins can be used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the tackifier resin used is not particularly limited, and can be set so that appropriate adhesive performance is exhibited depending on the purpose and application.
  • the amount of the tackifier used is appropriately 30 parts by weight or less, preferably 10 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 5 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F).
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which a tackifier is not used.
  • the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive may contain, as necessary, known additives that can be used in adhesive compositions, such as plasticizers, softeners, colorants, antistatic agents, antiaging agents, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, preservatives, etc., to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly hindered.
  • additives such as plasticizers, softeners, colorants, antistatic agents, antiaging agents, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, preservatives, etc.
  • conventionally known ones can be used in the usual manner, and they do not particularly characterize the present invention, so detailed explanations will be omitted.
  • the gel fraction of the adhesive disclosed herein is appropriately set according to the purpose of use, the mode of use, etc., and is not limited to a specific range.
  • the gel fraction is, for example, about 10% or more, about 30% or more, preferably about 40% or more, more preferably about 50% or more, and may be 75% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 92% or more, 94% or more, 96% or more, or 98% or more, from the viewpoint of providing the adhesive with appropriate cohesiveness and appropriately expressing adhesive properties.
  • the gel fraction of the adhesive is appropriately 99.9% or less, for example, 99.7% or less, 99.5% or less, 99% or less, 97% or less, 95% or less, or 93% or less, from the viewpoint of favorably achieving both a low refractive index and adhesive properties.
  • a gel fraction that is not too high can also be advantageous from the viewpoint of appropriately following unevenness that may exist on the surface of the adherend and providing good adhesion.
  • the gel fraction is measured by the following method.
  • a given amount of adhesive sample (weight Wg1 ) is wrapped in a porous polytetrafluoroethylene film (weight Wg2 ) with an average pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m in the shape of a purse, and the opening is tied with string (weight Wg3 ).
  • a porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) film “Nitoflon (registered trademark) NTF1122” (average pore size 0.2 ⁇ m, porosity 75%, thickness 85 ⁇ m) available from Nitto Denko Corporation or an equivalent product is used.
  • the package is immersed in a sufficient amount of ethyl acetate and kept at room temperature (typically 23° C.) for 7 days to allow only the sol content in the adhesive to elute out of the film, after which the package is taken out and the ethyl acetate adhering to the outer surface is wiped off, the package is dried at 130° C. for 2 hours, and the weight of the package ( Wg4 ) is measured.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein may be an adhesive formed from an active energy ray (e.g., ultraviolet ray) curable adhesive composition, i.e., an adhesive that is a cured product of an active energy ray curable adhesive composition.
  • an adhesive is preferable because it is easy to realize high surface smoothness on the adhesive surface (interface with the release surface) and easy to obtain good optical properties, since the adhesive composition can be cured while the surface of the adhesive composition is in contact with a smooth release surface (e.g., a release liner having the release surface) to form an adhesive (adhesive layer).
  • the active energy ray curable adhesive composition does not contain a solvent that should be removed in the process of forming the adhesive from the adhesive composition, or even if it does, it contains a small amount (typically less than 10 wt%, less than 5 wt%, or less than 1 wt% of the adhesive composition), so that an adhesive (adhesive layer) with high homogeneity in the thickness direction is easily obtained. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of optical isotropy.
  • by forming an adhesive using an adhesive composition that does not contain a solvent or has a low solvent content it is easy to suppress the bias of hydrophilicity in the adhesive and to improve the resistance to moist heat whitening.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein is suitable for a polymerization rate (polymerization conversion rate) of 95.0% by weight or more, preferably 97% by weight or more (e.g., 97.5% by weight or more), and more preferably 98.5% by weight or more (e.g., 99.0% by weight or more).
  • a higher polymerization rate of the adhesive means that the adhesive contains less unreacted monomer. It is preferable to set the polymerization rate of the adhesive to a predetermined level or more in order to prevent the uneven distribution of low molecular weight substances that may be contained in the adhesive from having a disadvantage on adhesive properties and optical properties.
  • the polymerization rate of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive formed from any of the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions disclosed herein (e.g., a cured product of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition).
  • the adhesive sheet may be a substrate-attached adhesive sheet having the adhesive layer on one or both sides of a non-removable substrate (support substrate), or may be a substrate-less adhesive sheet having the adhesive layer supported on a release liner (i.e., an adhesive sheet without a non-removable substrate.
  • the adhesive sheet is made of an adhesive layer).
  • the concept of adhesive sheet here may include those referred to as adhesive tape, adhesive label, adhesive film, etc.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a roll or a sheet. Alternatively, it may be an adhesive sheet that has been further processed into various shapes.
  • the configuration of a double-sided adhesive type substrateless adhesive sheet is shown in Figs. 1 and 2.
  • the adhesive sheet 1 shown in Fig. 1 has a configuration in which both sides 21A and 21B of the substrateless adhesive layer 21 are protected by release liners 31 and 32, at least the adhesive layer side of which is a release surface.
  • the technology disclosed here is preferably implemented in the form of a substrateless adhesive sheet made of an adhesive layer, for example, from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet and increasing the transparency of the adhesive sheet.
  • the substrateless adhesive sheet is also preferable from the viewpoint of flexibility (for example, flexibility to follow the adherend when repeatedly folded).
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may have, for example, a cross-sectional structure as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the adhesive sheet 3 shown in FIG. 3 includes a support substrate 10 and a first adhesive layer 21 and a second adhesive layer 22 supported on a first surface 10A and a second surface 10B of the support substrate 10, respectively.
  • the first surface 10A and the second surface 10B are both non-peeling surfaces (non-peeling surfaces).
  • the adhesive sheet 3 is used by attaching the surface (first adhesive surface) 21A of the first adhesive layer 21 and the surface (second adhesive surface) 22A of the second adhesive layer 22 to an adherend, respectively. That is, the adhesive sheet 3 is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet (double-sided adhesive sheet).
  • the adhesive sheet 3 Before use, the adhesive sheet 3 has a configuration in which the first adhesive surface 21A and the second adhesive surface 22A are protected by release liners 31 and 32, at least the adhesive surface side of which is a surface (peeling surface) having releasability.
  • the release liner 32 may be omitted, and a release liner 31 with release surfaces on both sides may be used, and the adhesive sheet 3 may be rolled up so that the second adhesive surface 22A is in contact with the back surface of the release liner 31, thereby forming a configuration in which the second adhesive surface 22A is also protected by the release liner 31.
  • the technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of a substrate-less or substrate-attached double-sided adhesive sheet as described above.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a substrate-attached single-sided adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer on only one side of a non-peeling substrate (support substrate), although this is not specifically shown.
  • An example of the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet is one having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 without either the first adhesive layer 21 or the second adhesive layer 22.
  • the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer may be an adhesive obtained by curing a solvent-based, active energy ray curable, water-dispersible, hot melt, or other adhesive composition by drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, or the like, that is, a cured product of the above-mentioned adhesive composition.
  • the curing means e.g., drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc.
  • the adhesive can typically be formed by drying (preferably further crosslinking) the composition.
  • the adhesive is typically formed by irradiating with active energy rays to promote a polymerization reaction and/or a crosslinking reaction.
  • active energy ray curable adhesive composition it is preferable to irradiate with active energy rays after drying.
  • the adhesive layer can be formed by applying (e.g., coating) an adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then curing the composition.
  • the adhesive composition can be applied using a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, reverse roll coater, kiss roll coater, dip roll coater, bar coater, knife coater, or spray coater.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3 ⁇ m or more, suitably 5 ⁇ m or more, may be 10 ⁇ m or more, may be 15 ⁇ m or more, may be 20 ⁇ m or more, may be 30 ⁇ m or more, or may be 45 ⁇ m or more.
  • the adhesive strength tends to increase with an increase in the thickness of the adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer may be 50 ⁇ m or more, 70 ⁇ m or more, or 85 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 300 ⁇ m or less, 250 ⁇ m or less, 200 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or less, or 120 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 75 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 70 ⁇ m or less, and may be 60 ⁇ m or less. It may be advantageous for the adhesive layer not to be too thick in terms of thinning the adhesive sheet, etc. In addition, a thin adhesive layer tends to have excellent conformability to the adherend. In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be 40 ⁇ m or less, or may be 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is in the range of 3 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m (more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 75 ⁇ m).
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer described above can be applied to at least the thickness of the first adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the second adhesive layer can also be selected from the same range.
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet is the same as the thickness of the adhesive layer.
  • the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 85.0% or more (e.g., 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%).
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in a configuration with or without a substrate, can be preferably applied to applications requiring high light transmittance (e.g., optical applications) or applications requiring good visibility of the adherend through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less in practical use, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less.
  • the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be about 94% or less, about 93% or less, or about 92% or less.
  • the total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000.
  • the transmittance meter used may be a product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or an equivalent product.
  • the total light transmittance can be measured according to the method described in the Examples below.
  • the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet is preferably 85.0% or more (e.g., 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%).
  • Such highly transparent adhesive sheets can be preferably used in applications requiring high light transmittance (e.g., optical applications) or applications requiring good visibility of the adherend through the adhesive sheet.
  • the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, approximately 98% or less in practical use, approximately 96% or less, or approximately 95% or less.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet may be approximately 94% or less, approximately 93% or less, or approximately 92% or less.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be measured in the same manner as in the measurement of the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer described above.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the adhesive layer described above, or the type and thickness of the substrate in a configuration having a substrate.
  • the haze value (sometimes simply referred to as "haze") of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, even more preferably 1.0% or less, 0.9% or less, 0.8% or less, 0.5% or less, or 0.3% or less.
  • Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in a configuration with or without a substrate can be preferably applied to applications requiring high light transmittance (e.g., optical applications) or applications requiring performance in which the adherend can be well visually recognized through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the lower limit of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the more preferable.
  • the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more.
  • the "haze value” refers to the ratio of diffuse transmitted light to the total transmitted light when a measurement target is irradiated with visible light. It is also called the cloudiness value.
  • the haze value can be measured according to the method described in the Examples below.
  • the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the haze value of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 10.0% or less, preferably 5.0% or less, more preferably 3.0% or less, even more preferably 2.0% or less, 1.7% or less, 1.5% or less, 1.2% or less, 1.0% or less, or 0.8% or less.
  • Such highly transparent adhesive sheets can be preferably applied to applications requiring high light transmittance (e.g., optical applications) or applications requiring good visibility of the adherend through the adhesive sheet.
  • the lower limit of the haze value of the adhesive sheet is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the more preferable it is.
  • the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, 0.1% or more, 0.2% or more, or 0.3% or more.
  • the haze value of the adhesive sheet can be measured in the same manner as in the measurement of the haze value of the adhesive layer.
  • the above haze value of the adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the adhesive layer described above, and in configurations that have a substrate, by selecting the substrate type and substrate thickness.
  • the peel strength of the adhesive sheet against a glass plate is not particularly limited.
  • the adhesive sheet has a peel strength against a glass plate (peel strength against a glass plate) of, for example, 0.1 N/25 mm or more, and may be 0.5 N/25 mm or more.
  • the peel strength against the glass plate is 1.0 N/25 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 N/25 mm or more, even more preferably 2.0 N/25 mm or more, and may be 3.0 N/25 mm or more, 5.0 N/25 mm or more, 6.0 N/25 mm or more, 7.0 N/25 mm or more, 8.0 N/25 mm or more, 9.0 N/25 mm or more, or 10 N/25 mm or more.
  • An adhesive sheet having a peel strength against a glass plate of a predetermined value or more is suitable for bonding or fixing, for example, glass members.
  • the upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less.
  • the peel strength is determined by pressing the sheet against an alkaline glass plate as an adherend, leaving it in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 30 minutes, and then measuring the peel strength at a peel angle of 180 degrees and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet to be measured can be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material (for example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m to about 50 ⁇ m) when making the measurement. More specifically, the peel strength can be measured according to the method described in the examples below.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive may exhibit resistance to wet heat whitening, for example, a haze (post-wet heat haze) of less than about 3.0% after a wet heat test in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is held in a wet heat environment of 85° C. and 85% RH for 240 hours.
  • the post-wet heat haze is preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, and may be 0.8% or less, 0.6% or less, 0.5% or less, 0.4% or less, 0.3% or less, or 0.2% or less.
  • the post-wet heat haze of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured by the method described in the Examples below.
  • the increase in the haze after wet heat test relative to the initial haze (before the wet heat test), i.e., haze after wet heat test [%] - initial haze [%] may be, for example, less than 3.0%, preferably 2.0% or less or less than 2.0%, more preferably 1.0% or less or less than 1.0%, may be 0.8% or less, may be 0.6% or less, may be 0.5% or less, may be 0.4% or less, may be 0.3% or less, may be 0.2% or less, may be 0.1% or less, may be less than 0.1%, or may be 0.0%.
  • the surface (adhesive surface) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has high surface smoothness.
  • the adhesive surface is preferably limited to a predetermined value or less in arithmetic mean roughness Ra.
  • a configuration having an adhesive surface designed to have a low arithmetic mean roughness Ra is preferable from the viewpoint of optical homogeneity.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra for example, in a usage mode in which light is extracted through the adhesive surface (such as an adhesive sheet arranged on the viewing side of the self-emitting element in a light-emitting device), it is possible to suppress the occurrence of luminance unevenness due to the surface condition of the adhesive layer.
  • a low arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface is also advantageous in suppressing optical distortion, and suppressing optical distortion also contributes to improving optical homogeneity.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of at least the first adhesive surface is limited to a predetermined value or less, and it is more preferable that the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of both adhesive surfaces is limited to a predetermined value or less.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface is preferably about 70 nm or less, more preferably about 65 nm or less, and even more preferably about 55 nm or less, and may be less than 50 nm, less than 45 nm, or less than 40 nm. From the viewpoint of production efficiency, etc., in some embodiments, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface may be, for example, about 10 nm or more, about 20 nm or more, or about 30 nm or more (e.g., about 40 nm or more). In an embodiment in which the adhesive sheet has a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the first adhesive surface and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the second adhesive surface may be about the same or different.
  • the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface is limited to a predetermined value or less.
  • a configuration having an adhesive surface designed to have a low maximum height Rz is preferable from the viewpoint of optical homogeneity.
  • By limiting the maximum height Rz for example, in a usage mode in which light is extracted through the adhesive surface as described above, it is possible to exert an effect of suppressing the occurrence of luminance unevenness due to the surface condition of the adhesive layer.
  • a low maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface is also advantageous in suppressing optical distortion.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface
  • the maximum height Rz of at least the first adhesive surface is limited to a predetermined value or less, and it is more preferable that the maximum heights Rz of both adhesive surfaces are both limited to a predetermined value or less.
  • the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface is preferably about 600 nm or less, more preferably about 500 nm or less, even more preferably about 450 nm or less, and particularly preferably about 400 nm or less, and may be less than 350 nm, less than 300 nm, or less than 250 nm. From the viewpoint of production efficiency, etc., in some embodiments, the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface may be, for example, about 10 nm or more, about 50 nm or more, about 100 nm or more, or about 200 nm or more. In an embodiment having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, the maximum height Rz of the first adhesive surface and the maximum height Rz of the second adhesive surface may be about the same or different.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra and maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface are measured using a non-contact surface roughness measuring device.
  • a non-contact surface roughness measuring device a light interference type surface roughness measuring device can be used, for example, a 3D optical profiler (product name "NewView7300", manufactured by ZYGO) or an equivalent product.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra and maximum height Rz can be measured, for example, by the following measurement method, or by setting the measurement operation and measurement conditions so as to obtain results equivalent to or corresponding to those obtained by the measurement method.
  • a three-dimensional optical profiler (product name "NewView7300", manufactured by ZYGO Corporation) is used to measure the surface shape of the measurement sample under the following conditions. From the measured data, the arithmetic surface roughness Ra is calculated in accordance with JIS B 0601-2001.
  • the above-mentioned measurement sample can be prepared, for example, by cutting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be measured or the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to a size of about 150 mm in length and 50 mm in width. If the adhesive surface is protected by a release liner, the release liner is gently peeled off (for example, under conditions of a pulling speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180°) to expose the adhesive surface. It is desirable to leave the exposed adhesive surface for about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement.
  • Measurement condition Measurement area: 5.62 mm x 4.22 mm (Objective lens: 2.5x, internal lens: 0.5x) Analysis mode: Remove: Cylinder Data Fill: ON (Max: 25) Remove Spikes: ON (xRMS:1) Filter: OFF
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra and maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface can be adjusted by the composition and properties (viscosity, leveling properties, etc.) of the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer, the method of forming the adhesive layer, the properties of the surface (release surface) of the release liner that protects the adhesive surface, etc.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be in the form of a substrate-attached pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on one or both sides of a support substrate.
  • the material of the support substrate is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose and mode of use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • Non-limiting examples of substrates that can be used include plastic films such as polyolefin films mainly composed of polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) and ethylene-propylene copolymers, polyester films mainly composed of polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polyvinyl chloride films mainly composed of polyvinyl chloride; foam sheets made of foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, and polychloroprene foam; woven and nonwoven fabrics made by single or mixed spinning of various fibrous materials (natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.); papers such as Japanese paper, fine paper, craft paper, and crepe paper; metal foils such as aluminum foil and copper foil; and the like.
  • the substrate may be a composite of these. Examples of such composite substrates include substrate
  • the film substrate may be a porous substrate such as a foam film or a nonwoven sheet, or may be a nonporous substrate, or may be a substrate having a structure in which a porous layer and a nonporous layer are laminated.
  • the film substrate may preferably be one that includes a resin film that can independently maintain its shape (self-supporting or independent) as a base film.
  • the term "resin film” refers to a resin film that has a nonporous structure and typically does not substantially contain air bubbles (voidless). Therefore, the resin film is a concept that is distinct from foam films and nonwoven fabrics.
  • the resin film may be a single-layer structure, or may be a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).
  • the resin material constituting the resin film may be, for example, polyester; polyolefin; polycycloolefin derived from a monomer having an aliphatic ring structure such as a norbornene structure; polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, partially aromatic polyamide; polyimide (PI) such as transparent polyimide (CPI); polyamideimide (PAI); polyetheretherketone (PEEK); polyethersulfone (PES); polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); polycarbonate (PC); polyurethane (PU); ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); acrylic resin; cellulose-based polymers such as triacetyl cellulose (TAC); polyarylate; polystyrene; polyvinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride; and other resins.
  • PA polyamide
  • PI polyimide
  • PI such as transparent polyimi
  • the resin film may be formed using a resin material containing one of these resins alone, or may be formed using a resin material containing two or more of these resins blended together.
  • the resin film may be unstretched or stretched (e.g., uniaxially or biaxially stretched).
  • PET film, PBT film, PEN film, unstretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially oriented polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, PP/PE blend film, cycloolefin polymer (COP) film, CPI film, TAC film, etc. may be preferably used.
  • resin films that are preferable from the viewpoint of strength and dimensional stability include PET film, PEN film, PPS film, and PEEK film. From the viewpoint of availability, etc., PET film and PPS film are particularly preferable, and PET film is particularly preferable.
  • the resin film can contain known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, and antiblocking agents, as necessary, to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly impeded.
  • additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, and antiblocking agents, as necessary, to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly impeded.
  • the amount of additives to be added is not particularly limited, and can be set appropriately depending on the application of the adhesive sheet, etc.
  • the method for producing the resin film is not particularly limited.
  • conventional resin film molding methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting molding, and calendar roll molding can be appropriately used.
  • the substrate may be substantially composed of such a base film.
  • the substrate may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the base film.
  • the auxiliary layer include an optical property adjusting layer (e.g., a coloring layer, an anti-reflection layer), a printing layer or a lamination layer for imparting a desired appearance to the substrate, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer, a release layer, and other surface treatment layers.
  • a substrate having optical transparency may be preferably used as the support substrate.
  • the total light transmittance of the optically transparent substrate may be, for example, more than 50%, or may be 70% or more.
  • the total light transmittance of the support substrate is 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and may be 95% or more (for example, 95 to 100%).
  • the total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000.
  • the transmittance meter As the transmittance meter, a product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or an equivalent product is used.
  • a suitable example of the optically transparent substrate is a resin film having optical transparency.
  • the optically transparent substrate may be an optical film.
  • the thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited and may be selected depending on the purpose and manner of use of the adhesive sheet.
  • the thickness of the substrate may be, for example, 500 ⁇ m or less, and from the viewpoint of the handleability and processability of the adhesive sheet, it is preferably 300 ⁇ m or less, and may be 150 ⁇ m or less, 100 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or less, 25 ⁇ m or less, or 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the substrate may be, for example, 2 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, or 25 ⁇ m or more.
  • the surface of the substrate on which the adhesive layer is laminated may be subjected to a conventionally known surface treatment, such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, or formation of an undercoat layer by applying an undercoat agent (primer), as necessary.
  • a surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the anchoring ability of the adhesive layer to the substrate.
  • the composition of the primer used to form the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but is usually appropriate to be about 0.01 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, and preferably about 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m.
  • Other treatments that may be applied to the substrate as necessary include antistatic layer formation treatment, colored layer formation treatment, printing treatment, etc. These treatments may be applied alone or in combination.
  • the PSA sheet disclosed herein may take the form of a PSA product in which the surface (adhesive surface) of a PSA layer is in contact with the release surface of a release liner.
  • a PSA sheet with a release liner that includes any of the PSA sheets disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface in contact with the adhesive surface of the PSA sheet.
  • the release liner is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper (which may be paper laminated with a resin such as polyethylene), and a release liner made of a resin film formed from a low-adhesion material such as a fluorine-based polymer (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or a polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.). Because of their excellent surface smoothness, release liners having a release layer on the surface of a resin film as a liner substrate and release liners made of a resin film formed from a low-adhesion material can be preferably used.
  • the resin film is not particularly limited as long as it is a film that can protect the adhesive layer, and examples thereof include polyethylene (PE) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, polyvinyl chloride film, vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, etc.
  • PE polyethylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • PP polybutene film
  • polybutadiene film polymethylpentene film
  • polyvinyl chloride film vinyl chloride copolymer film
  • polyester film PET film, PBT film, etc.
  • polyurethane film ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, etc.
  • release agents can be used, such as silicone-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, olefin-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, molybdenum sulfide, and silica powder.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be used by being attached to various adherends.
  • the constituent material of the adherend is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, metal materials such as copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, chromium, indium, zinc, etc., or alloys containing two or more of these, or various resin materials (typically plastic materials) such as polyimide resins, acrylic resins, polyethernitrile resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyester resins (PET resins, polyethylene naphthalate resins, etc.), polyvinyl chloride resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, polyether ether ketone resins, polyamide resins (so-called aramid resins, etc.), polyarylate resins, fluorine resins, polycarbonate resins, cellulose polymers such as diacetyl cellulose and triacetyl cellulose, vinyl butyral poly
  • the adhesives disclosed herein can be used in a bonding mode that does not require heating to a temperature higher than room temperature (e.g., 20°C to 35°C) after bonding to an adherend. Furthermore, if permissible depending on the type of adherend, etc., heat treatment may be performed at least at any one of the following times: after bonding to the adherend, at the time of bonding, and before bonding. Heat treatment can be performed for the purpose of improving the adhesiveness to the adherend and promoting adhesion.
  • the heat treatment temperature can be set appropriately so as to obtain the desired effect, within a range permissible depending on the constituent material of the adhesive sheet and the type of adherend, taking into account the surface condition of the adherend, etc., and may be, for example, about 100°C or less, 80°C or less, 60°C or less, or 50°C or less.
  • the member or material to which the adhesive is applied may be light-transmitting. With such an adherend, the advantage of the adhesive disclosed herein being highly transparent is easily obtained.
  • the total light transmittance of the adherend may be, for example, more than 50%, or may be 70% or more. In some preferred embodiments, the total light transmittance of the adherend is 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and even more preferably 95% or more (e.g., 95 to 100%).
  • the adhesive disclosed herein may be preferably used in an embodiment in which it is applied to an adherend (e.g., an optical member) having a total light transmittance of a predetermined value or more.
  • the total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000.
  • a transmittance meter a product named "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or an equivalent product is used.
  • the refractive index of the adherend and the refractive index of the adhesive layer placed in contact with the adherend may be similar or different.
  • the refractive index of the adherend can be measured in the same manner as the refractive index of the adhesive.
  • the adherend may have any of the total light transmittances described above.
  • the effects of the technology disclosed herein are particularly favorable in optical products (e.g., light-emitting devices) in which an adhesive is attached or laminated to such an adherend.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used as an optical adhesive sheet used for bonding optical members (for bonding optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the optical members.
  • the optical product may have a so-called polarizing plate-less configuration.
  • the optical product in which the viewing side from the light source (such as an organic EL panel) is composed only of a layer with a polarization degree of 80% or less.
  • optical components mentioned above are components that have optical properties (e.g., polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflectivity, light transmission, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.).
  • the optical components mentioned above are not particularly limited as long as they have optical properties, but examples include components that constitute devices (optical devices) such as display devices (image display devices) and input devices, or components used in these devices, such as polarizing plates, wave plates, retardation plates, optical compensation films, brightness enhancement films, light guide plates, reflective films, anti-reflective films, hard coat (HC) films, impact absorbing films, antifouling films, photochromic films, light control films, transparent conductive films (ITO films), design films, decorative films, surface protection plates, prisms, lenses, color filters, transparent substrates, and further components in which these are laminated (these may be collectively referred to as "functional films”).
  • plate and film each include plate-like, film-like, sheet-like, and other shapes.
  • polarizing film includes “polarizing plate” and “polarizing sheet”
  • light guide plate includes “light guide film” and “light guide sheet”.
  • polarizing plate includes a circular polarizing plate.
  • Examples of the display device include liquid crystal display devices, organic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, micro LEDs ( ⁇ LEDs), mini LEDs, plasma display panels (PDPs), electronic paper, etc.
  • Examples of the input device include touch panels, etc.
  • optical members are not particularly limited, but examples include members made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, metal thin film, etc. (e.g., sheet-like, film-like, or plate-like members). Note that in this specification, “optical members” also includes members that play a role in decorating or protecting the display device or input device while maintaining its visibility (design films, decorative films, surface protection films, etc.).
  • the adhesive disclosed herein (which may be in the form of an adhesive sheet containing the adhesive) may be used, for example, in a form in which it is disposed between an optical film, such as a film having one or more functions of light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguiding, focusing, diffraction, etc., or a fluorescent film, and another optical member (which may be another optical film), and may preferably be used to bond the optical film to the other optical member.
  • an optical film such as a film having one or more functions of light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguiding, focusing, diffraction, etc., or a fluorescent film
  • another optical member which may be another optical film
  • the adhesive layer disclosed herein can be preferably used for bonding optical films such as light-guiding films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, color-changing films, prism sheets, lenticular films, and microlens array films. In these applications, there is a demand for thinner films and improved light extraction efficiency in view of the trend toward miniaturization of optical components and the need for higher performance.
  • the adhesive layer disclosed herein can be preferably used as an adhesive layer that can meet such demands. More specifically, for example, in bonding light-guiding films and diffusion films, adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive layer as a bonding layer (for example, lowering the refractive index) can contribute to thinner films.
  • the light extraction efficiency (which can also be understood as luminous efficiency) can be improved by appropriately adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent emitter and the adhesive.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be appropriately adjusted so that the refractive index difference with the color-changing pigment is small, thereby reducing scattered components and contributing to improved light transmittance.
  • the refractive index of the adhesive can be appropriately adjusted to control the diffraction of light, contributing to improved brightness and/or viewing angle.
  • the mode of bonding optical members using the adhesive layer disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, (1) a mode in which optical members are bonded to each other via the adhesive layer disclosed herein, (2) a mode in which an optical member is bonded to a member other than an optical member via the adhesive layer disclosed herein, or (3) a mode in which the adhesive layer disclosed herein is in the form of an adhesive sheet containing an optical member, and the adhesive sheet is bonded to an optical member or a member other than an optical member.
  • the adhesive sheet in the form containing an optical member may be, for example, an adhesive sheet whose support is an optical member (e.g., an optical film).
  • an adhesive sheet in the form containing an optical member as a support may also be understood as an adhesive-type optical member (e.g., an adhesive-type optical film).
  • an adhesive-type optical member e.g., an adhesive-type optical film
  • the adhesive sheet may also be understood as an "adhesive-type functional film" having the adhesive layer disclosed herein on at least one side of the functional film.
  • the technology disclosed herein provides an optical laminate comprising the adhesive layer disclosed herein and a member (e.g., a resin film such as an optical film) to which the adhesive sheet is attached.
  • the member to which the adhesive layer is attached may have the refractive index of the adherend material described above.
  • the difference (refractive index difference) between the refractive index of the adhesive layer and the refractive index of the member may be the refractive index difference between the adherend and the adhesive layer described above.
  • the members constituting the laminate are as described above as the members, materials, and adherends, and therefore redundant description will not be repeated.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a refractive index of 1.450 or less and a storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less.
  • G'(-20°C) a storage modulus at -20°C
  • E B elongation at break
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to the above-mentioned [1] or [2], which is an adhesive formed from an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive contains an acrylic polymer (F),
  • the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) include a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (Mf) and an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh),
  • the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) includes a low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) having a homopolymer glass transition temperature of 40° C.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [1] to [7] above.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the above [8] or [9] which has a peel strength from a glass plate (tensile speed: 300 mm/min, peel angle: 180 degrees) of 1.0 N/25 mm or more.
  • Example 1> (Preparation of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Composition) 100 parts of a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer was charged into a four-neck flask together with 0.1 part of a photopolymerization initiator, and photopolymerized by irradiating ultraviolet light under a nitrogen atmosphere until the viscosity (BH viscometer, No. 5 rotor, 10 rpm, measurement temperature 30°C) reached about 15 Pa ⁇ s, to prepare a monomer syrup containing a partial polymer of the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer.
  • BH viscometer No. 5 rotor, 10 rpm, measurement temperature 30°C
  • NDDA 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate
  • 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate was used as the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (the same applies to the following examples unless otherwise specified).
  • IGM Resins' product names "Omnirad 651" and “Omnirad 184" were used in a weight ratio of 1:1 (the same applies to the following examples unless otherwise specified).
  • silane coupling agent 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane was used (the same applies to the following examples unless otherwise specified).
  • the adhesive composition U1 obtained above was applied to a 38 ⁇ m thick release liner R1 (Mitsubishi Materials Corporation, MRF#38) with one side of a polyester film being the release surface, and then covered with a 38 ⁇ m thick release liner R2 (Mitsubishi Materials Corporation, MRE#38) with one side of a polyester film being the release surface to block air, and then irradiated with ultraviolet light to cure, thereby producing an adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) with a thickness of 50 ⁇ m.
  • the ultraviolet light irradiation was performed using a black light under the conditions of an illuminance of 2.5 mW/ cm2 and an accumulated light quantity of 2400 mJ/ cm2 .
  • Examples 2 to 4 100 parts of a monomer mixture containing a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) in the weight ratio shown in Table 1 was charged into a four-neck flask together with 0.1 parts of a photopolymerization initiator, and photopolymerized in the same manner as in Example 1 to prepare a monomer syrup containing a partial polymer of the monomer mixture.
  • EHA 2-ethylhexyl acrylate
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U2 to U4 were used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition U1.
  • Examples 5 to 13 100 parts of a monomer mixture containing a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer, 2EHA and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) in the weight ratios shown in Tables 1 and 2 was added to a four-neck flask together with 0.1 parts of a photopolymerization initiator, and photopolymerized in the same manner as in Example 1 to prepare a monomer syrup containing a partial polymer of the monomer mixture.
  • NDDA in the amount shown in Tables 1 and 2 and 0.3 parts of a silane coupling agent were added to 100 parts of the monomer syrup, and mixed uniformly to prepare ultraviolet-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U5 to U13 according to each example.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U5 to U13 were used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition U1.
  • Example 14 to 17> Instead of 2EHA in Example 8, n-hexyl acrylate (HxA) was used in Example 14, n-octyl acrylate (NOAA) in Example 15, n-butyl acrylate (BA) in Example 16, and n-lauryl acrylate (LA) in Example 17.
  • ultraviolet-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U14 to U17 according to each example were prepared in the same manner as in Example 8.
  • a 50 ⁇ m thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
  • ⁇ Evaluation method> (Gel Fraction) About 0.1 g of an adhesive sample (weight Wg1 ) was taken from the adhesive layer (substrate-less adhesive sheet) according to each example, wrapped in a porous polytetrafluoroethylene film (weight Wg2 ) with an average pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m in a purse shape, and the opening was tied with string (weight Wg3 ).
  • a porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) film Nitto Denko Corporation's product name "Nitoflon (registered trademark) NTF1122" (average pore size 0.2 ⁇ m, porosity 75%, thickness 85 ⁇ m) was used.
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) according to each example was measured using a prism coupler (manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M”) at a measurement temperature of 25°C and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
  • Total Light Transmittance and Haze A rectangular laminate having a structure in which the adhesive layer (substrate-less adhesive sheet) according to each example is sandwiched between two alkali-free glass plates (thickness 0.8 to 1.0 mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%) (i.e., a three-layer structure of glass plate/adhesive layer/glass plate) and a size of 4.5 cm x 5 cm in plan view was prepared.
  • the total light transmittance and haze of the laminate were measured using a haze meter ("HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory) under a measurement environment of 23°C and 50% RH. The measurement position was near the intersection of the diagonal lines of the rectangular laminate.
  • the values obtained by subtracting the total light transmittance and haze of the two alkali-free glass plates from the measured values were taken as the total light transmittance (initial transmittance) [%] and haze (initial haze) [%] of the adhesive layer at the initial time.
  • the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the laminate was kept in a moist heat environment of 85°C and 85% RH for 240 hours, and then left to stand in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 30 minutes, after which the haze of the laminate was measured in the same manner as above.
  • the total light transmittance of the two alkali-free glass plates was subtracted from the measured value to determine the haze of the adhesive layer after moist heat (post-moist heat haze) [%].
  • the temperature corresponding to the peak top temperature of the loss tangent tan ⁇ (loss modulus G"/storage modulus G') in the dynamic viscoelasticity measurement was determined as the glass transition temperature (Tg) [°C] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • Tg glass transition temperature [°C] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) according to each example was cut into a size of 30 mm in length and 40 mm in width while sandwiched between two release liners.
  • the width of 40 mm was set according to the thickness of the adhesive layer so that the cross-sectional area of the adhesive layer in the cross section along the width direction was about 2 mm2.
  • one release liner was removed to expose one surface of the adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer was wound on the other release liner with its length direction as an axis to prepare a cylindrical sample with a length of 30 mm.
  • the cylindrical sample was set in a tension-compression tester (AGS-50NX, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) under a measurement environment of 23°C and 50% RH, and stretched in the axial direction of the cylinder until the sample broke under conditions of a chuck distance of 10 mm and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min.
  • a tension-compression tester AVS-50NX, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
  • the breaking stress [MPa] and breaking elongation E B [%] of the sample were measured by the above elongation.
  • the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) and the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) were calculated from the breaking elongation E B [%] and the storage modulus G' [ Pa ] at each temperature.
  • the release liner was peeled off from one side of the adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) according to each example, and a PET film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m was attached to the backing, and then cut to a size of 25 mm wide and 100 mm long to prepare a test piece.
  • the release liner on the other side of the test piece was peeled off, and the test piece was pressed against the surface of an alkaline glass plate (manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35 mm, blue plate edge polished product) as an adherend by moving a 2 kg roller back and forth once.
  • the peel strength (adhesive strength) [N/25 mm] was measured using a tensile compression tester (device name "AGS-50NX", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in accordance with JIS Z 0237:2000 under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180 degrees.
  • a tensile compression tester device name "AGS-50NX", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
  • JIS Z 0237:2000 tensile compression tester
  • the backing of a PET film is not essential.
  • the adhesives according to Examples 3 to 15 all had a refractive index of 1.450 or less and a storage modulus (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less, and showed good flexibility even at low temperatures at low refractive indexes. In Examples 3 to 6 and Examples 8 to 15, better low-temperature flexibility was obtained.
  • the adhesives according to Examples 1, 2, 16, and 17 had a refractive index of 1.450 or less, but a high storage modulus (G'(-20°C)) and low flexibility at low temperatures.
  • an ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2EHA was used alone as the monomer component, and an adhesive prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the adhesive composition was used had a refractive index of 1.464 measured by the above method, which did not satisfy the condition of a refractive index of 1.450 or less.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an adhesive which has low refractive index and high flexibility. Provided is an adhesive that has a refractive index of 1.450 or less and a storage elastic modulus (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 × 106 Pa or less at -20°C.

Description

粘着剤および粘着シートAdhesives and adhesive sheets
 本発明は、粘着剤および該粘着剤を有する粘着シートに関する。本出願は、2022年9月29日に出願された日本国特許出願2022-157123号に基づく優先権を主張しており、その出願の全内容は本明細書中に参照として組み入れられている。 The present invention relates to an adhesive and an adhesive sheet having the adhesive. This application claims priority to Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-157123, filed on September 29, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 一般に、粘着剤(感圧接着剤ともいう。以下同じ。)は、室温付近の温度域において柔らかい固体(粘弾性体)の状態を呈し、圧力により簡単に被着体に接着する性質を有する。このような性質を活かして、粘着剤は、家電製品から自動車、各種機械、電気機器、電子機器等の様々な産業分野において、接合や固定、保護等の目的で広く利用されている。粘着剤の用途の一例として、液晶表示装置や有機EL表示装置等のような表示装置において、偏光フィルム、位相差フィルム、カバーウィンドウ部材、その他種々の光透過性部材と、他の部材とを接合する用途が挙げられる。粘着剤に関する技術文献として、特許文献1~4が挙げられる。 Generally, adhesives (also called pressure-sensitive adhesives; the same applies below) are in a soft solid (viscoelastic) state at temperatures around room temperature, and have the property of easily adhering to an adherend when pressure is applied. Taking advantage of these properties, adhesives are widely used for purposes such as joining, fixing, and protection in a variety of industrial fields, from home appliances to automobiles, various machines, electrical equipment, and electronic devices. One example of the use of adhesives is the joining of polarizing films, retardation films, cover window components, and various other light-transmitting components to other components in displays such as liquid crystal displays and organic EL displays. Technical documents related to adhesives include Patent Documents 1 to 4.
日本国特許出願公開2019-210343号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-210343 日本国特許出願公開2020-111740号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-111740 日本国特許第6014781号公報Japanese Patent No. 6014781 日本国特許出願公開2018-193553号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-193553
 特許文献1~4では、フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーに由来する構成単位を含む(メタ)アクリレート共重合体を含む粘着剤が提案されている。これらは、いずれも耐皮脂性および/または耐薬品性に着目した粘着剤であり、屈折率については考慮されていない。低屈折率の粘着剤は、例えば、隣接する材料の屈折率の関係を利用して、光の挙動(反射、導波、回折)を制御する機能を発揮するために役立ち得る。 Patent Documents 1 to 4 propose adhesives that contain (meth)acrylate copolymers that contain structural units derived from fluorine-containing acrylic monomers. All of these adhesives focus on sebum resistance and/or chemical resistance, and do not take into account the refractive index. Adhesives with low refractive indexes can be useful, for example, for exerting a function of controlling the behavior of light (reflection, waveguiding, diffraction) by utilizing the relationship between the refractive indices of adjacent materials.
 ところで、粘着剤は、その適用箇所や使用態様に応じて、良好な柔軟性を有するものが好ましく用いられ得る。例えば、近年、スマートフォン等の電子機器に用いられる有機EL表示装置等のディスプレイとして、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイが実用化されており、上記用途に用いられる粘着剤も、繰り返し折り曲げられる被着体に追従する柔軟性を有する必要がある。柔軟性に優れる粘着剤は、3次元形状等の曲面形状の表面にも追従、密着しやすく、曲面形状を有する電子機器用途にも好適である。低屈折率を有する粘着剤についても、柔軟性を高めることができれば、上述の柔軟性が求められる用途に適用することができ、有用である。 Incidentally, adhesives having good flexibility can be preferably used depending on the application location and the mode of use. For example, in recent years, foldable displays and rollable displays have been put to practical use as displays such as organic EL display devices used in electronic devices such as smartphones, and adhesives used for the above applications also need to have the flexibility to conform to the adherend that is repeatedly folded. Adhesives with excellent flexibility easily conform to and adhere to curved surfaces such as three-dimensional shapes, and are suitable for use in electronic devices with curved shapes. If the flexibility of adhesives with a low refractive index can be increased, they can also be used in applications requiring the above-mentioned flexibility, and are useful.
 そこで本発明は、屈折率が低く、かつ柔軟性の高い粘着剤を提供することを目的とする。関連する他の目的は、かかる粘着剤から構成された粘着剤層を含む粘着シートを提供することである。 The present invention therefore aims to provide an adhesive that has a low refractive index and high flexibility. Another related object is to provide an adhesive sheet that includes an adhesive layer made of such an adhesive.
 この明細書によると、屈折率が1.450以下であり、かつ、-20℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))が2.0×10Pa以下である粘着剤が提供される。上記粘着剤によると、低い屈折率を有しつつ、貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃)が低い範囲に抑制されているので、低屈折率と柔軟性とを両立するものとなり得る。かかる粘着剤は、フォルダブルディスプレイ用途など、低い屈折率を有することが望ましく、かつ繰返しの折曲げ操作に耐え得る柔軟性を有することが求められる用途における接合や固定、保護等に適している。 According to this specification, a pressure-sensitive adhesive is provided that has a refractive index of 1.450 or less and a storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less. The pressure-sensitive adhesive has a low refractive index while the storage modulus (G'(-20°C) is controlled to a low range, so that it can achieve both a low refractive index and flexibility. Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive is suitable for bonding, fixing, protection, etc. in applications such as foldable displays, where a low refractive index is desirable and flexibility that can withstand repeated folding operations is required.
 いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤は、破断時伸び(E)[%]に対する上記貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))[Pa]の比(G’(-20℃)/E)が20以上2000以下であることが好ましい。上記粘着剤によると、低い屈折率を有しつつ、比(G’(-20℃)/E)が上記範囲にあることにより、良好なしなやかさを発揮することができる。 In some embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive preferably has a ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) of the storage modulus (G'(-20°C)) [Pa] to the elongation at break (E B ) [%] of 20 to 2000. The pressure-sensitive adhesive has a low refractive index and, since the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) is in the above range, can exhibit good flexibility.
 いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤は、活性エネルギー線(例えば紫外線)硬化型粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤である。かかる粘着剤は、粘着面において高い表面平滑性を実現しやすく、良好な光学特性を得やすいので好ましい。 In some embodiments, the adhesive is an adhesive formed from an active energy ray (e.g., ultraviolet ray) curable adhesive composition. Such adhesives are preferred because they tend to achieve high surface smoothness on the adhesive surface and are therefore likely to provide good optical properties.
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、アクリル系ポリマー(F)を含有するものであり得る。上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、フッ素含有アクリル系モノマー(Mf)を含む。モノマー成分としてフッ素含有アクリル系モノマー(Mf)を含むアクリル系ポリマー(F)は、粘着剤の低屈折率化に効果的に寄与し得る。 The adhesive disclosed herein may contain an acrylic polymer (F). The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (F) includes a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (Mf). The acrylic polymer (F) containing the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (Mf) as a monomer component can effectively contribute to lowering the refractive index of the adhesive.
 いくつかの態様において、上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、酸フリーの親水性モノマー(Mh)をさらに含む。上記酸フリーの親水性モノマー(Mh)は、粘着剤の柔軟性と他の特性(例えば、粘着特性、光学特性等のうちの少なくとも1つ)とをバランスよく両立するために役立ち得る。 In some embodiments, the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) further include an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh). The acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) can be useful for achieving a good balance between the flexibility of the adhesive and other properties (e.g., at least one of the adhesive properties, optical properties, etc.).
 上記親水性モノマー(Mh)としては、例えば、水酸基、アミド基および(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基、からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基を有するモノマーを好ましく採用し得る。ここに開示される技術は、このような親水性モノマー(Mh)を用いる態様で好ましく実施され得る。 As the hydrophilic monomer (Mh), for example, a monomer having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an amide group, and a (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group can be preferably used. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably carried out in an embodiment using such a hydrophilic monomer (Mh).
 なお、この明細書により開示される技術には、粘着剤およびその形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物、粘着剤を含む粘着シート(例えば、上記粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を有する粘着シート)、該粘着シートの粘着面が剥離ライナーで保護された剥離ライナー付き粘着シート、上記粘着剤層を含む光学部材、等が含まれ得る。 The technology disclosed in this specification may include an adhesive and an adhesive composition used to form the adhesive, an adhesive sheet containing the adhesive (for example, an adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer made of the above-mentioned adhesive), an adhesive sheet with a release liner in which the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet is protected by a release liner, an optical member containing the above-mentioned adhesive layer, and the like.
 いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分における上記親水性モノマー(Mh)の含有量は5.0重量%超であることが好ましい。酸フリーの親水性モノマー(Mh)を上記含有量で用いることにより、柔軟性の低下を抑制しつつ、粘着剤の耐湿熱白化性(湿熱環境に曝されても白化しにくい性質)を向上させることができる。 In some embodiments, the content of the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) in the monomer component is preferably greater than 5.0% by weight. By using an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) in the above content, it is possible to improve the humidity and heat whitening resistance of the adhesive (the property of being less likely to whiten even when exposed to a humid and hot environment) while suppressing a decrease in flexibility.
 いくつかの態様において、上記親水性モノマー(Mh)は、ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が40℃以下である低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)を含むことが好ましい。上記親水性モノマー(Mh)の少なくとも一部が上記低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)であることは、親水性モノマー(Mh)の使用に伴う貯蔵弾性率の上昇を抑制する観点から有利である。上記モノマー成分における上記低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)の含有量は、その使用効果を好適に発揮しやすくする観点から、2.0重量%超であることが好ましい。 In some embodiments, the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) preferably contains a low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) having a homopolymer glass transition temperature of 40° C. or less. It is advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing an increase in storage modulus accompanying the use of the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) that at least a part of the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) is the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ). The content of the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer component is preferably more than 2.0% by weight from the viewpoint of easily exerting the effect of use.
 いくつかの態様において、上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、下記式(1):
 CH=CRCOOR     (1)
(式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基であり、Rは炭素原子数4~18の鎖状アルキル基である。);
で表されるモノマー(M1)をさらに含む。上記アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、粘着剤の特性の調節に役立ち得る。
In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (F) is represented by the following formula (1):
CH2 = CR1COOR2 ( 1 )
(wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 is a chain alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms);
The alkyl (meth)acrylate may be useful for adjusting the properties of the adhesive.
 いくつかの態様において、上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、酸性官能基含有モノマーの含有量が2.0重量%未満であることが好ましい。酸性官能基含有モノマーの含有量の使用量を制限することは、粘着剤の柔軟性(特に、低温域における柔軟性)向上の観点から有利となり得る。 In some embodiments, the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) preferably have an acidic functional group-containing monomer content of less than 2.0% by weight. Limiting the amount of acidic functional group-containing monomer used can be advantageous from the standpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly flexibility at low temperatures).
 この明細書によると、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤(ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤であり得る。)からなる粘着剤層を含む粘着シートが提供される。ここに開示される粘着剤は、上記粘着シートの形態で、例えば光学用途など、低屈折率において耐湿熱白化性が求められる用途に好ましく用いられ得る。 According to this specification, there is provided an adhesive sheet including an adhesive layer made of any of the adhesives disclosed herein (which may be an adhesive formed from any of the adhesive compositions disclosed herein). The adhesives disclosed herein, in the form of the adhesive sheet, may be preferably used in applications requiring resistance to moist heat whitening at a low refractive index, such as optical applications.
 いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤層は、85℃、85%RHの湿熱環境下に240時間保持する湿熱試験後におけるヘイズが3.0%未満である。かかる耐湿熱白化性を示す粘着シートは、例えば光学用途など、低屈折率において耐湿熱白化性が求められる用途に好ましく用いられ得る。 In some embodiments, the adhesive layer has a haze of less than 3.0% after a wet heat test in which the adhesive layer is held in a wet heat environment of 85°C and 85% RH for 240 hours. Adhesive sheets that exhibit such wet heat whitening resistance can be preferably used in applications requiring wet heat whitening resistance at a low refractive index, such as optical applications.
 いくつかの態様において、上記粘着シートは、ガラス板に対する剥離強度(引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度)が0.1N/25mm以上である。かかる剥離強度を示す粘着シートは、例えば光学用途など、低屈折率において耐湿熱白化性が求められる用途における接合や固定、保護等に好ましく用いられ得る。 In some embodiments, the adhesive sheet has a peel strength against a glass plate (tensile speed 300 mm/min, peel angle 180 degrees) of 0.1 N/25 mm or more. Adhesive sheets exhibiting such peel strength can be preferably used for bonding, fixing, protection, etc. in applications requiring resistance to moist heat whitening at a low refractive index, such as optical applications.
 なお、本明細書に記載された各要素を適宜組み合わせたものも、本件特許出願によって特許による保護を求める発明の範囲に含まれ得る。 In addition, any suitable combination of the elements described in this specification may be included within the scope of the invention for which patent protection is sought through this patent application.
一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to an embodiment. 他の一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment. 他の一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment.
 以下、本発明の好適な実施形態を説明する。本明細書において特に言及している事項以外の事柄であって本発明の実施に必要な事柄は、本明細書に記載された発明の実施についての教示と出願時の技術常識とに基づいて当業者に理解され得る。本発明は、本明細書に開示されている内容と当該分野における技術常識とに基づいて実施することができる。
 なお、以下の図面において、同じ作用を奏する部材・部位には同じ符号を付して説明することがあり、重複する説明は省略または簡略化することがある。また、図面に記載の実施形態は、本発明を明瞭に説明するために模式化されており、実際に提供される製品のサイズや縮尺を必ずしも正確に表したものではない。
Preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described below. Matters necessary for carrying out the present invention other than those specifically mentioned in this specification can be understood by those skilled in the art based on the teachings on carrying out the invention described in this specification and the common general technical knowledge at the time of filing. The present invention can be carried out based on the contents disclosed in this specification and the common general technical knowledge in the relevant field.
In the following drawings, the same reference numerals may be used to denote components or parts having the same function, and duplicated descriptions may be omitted or simplified. In addition, the embodiments shown in the drawings are schematic in order to clearly explain the present invention, and do not necessarily accurately represent the size or scale of the product actually provided.
 この明細書において「ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分」とは、あらかじめ形成された重合物(オリゴマーであり得る。)の形態で粘着剤組成物に含まれるか、未重合のモノマーの形態で粘着剤組成物に含まれるかを問わず、該粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤中において上記ポリマーの繰返し単位を構成するモノマーを意味する。すなわち、上記ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、重合物、未重合物、部分重合物のいずれの形態で上記粘着剤組成物に含まれていてもよい。 In this specification, "monomer components constituting a polymer" refers to monomers that constitute the repeating units of the polymer in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition, regardless of whether the monomers are contained in the adhesive composition in the form of a preformed polymer (which may be an oligomer) or in the form of an unpolymerized monomer. In other words, the monomer components constituting the polymer may be contained in the adhesive composition in the form of a polymer, an unpolymer, or a partially polymerized product.
 この明細書において、粘着剤の「ベースポリマー」とは、該粘着剤に含まれるゴム状ポリマーの主成分をいい、このこと以外、何ら限定的に解釈されるものではない。上記ゴム状ポリマーとは、室温付近の温度域においてゴム弾性を示すポリマーをいう。また、この明細書において「主成分」とは、特記しない場合、50重量%を超えて含まれる成分を指す。 In this specification, the "base polymer" of an adhesive refers to the main component of the rubber-like polymer contained in the adhesive, and is not to be interpreted in any other restrictive manner. The rubber-like polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range around room temperature. In addition, in this specification, the "main component" refers to a component that is contained in an amount of more than 50% by weight, unless otherwise specified.
 この明細書において「アクリル系ポリマー」とは、該ポリマーを構成するモノマー単位として、1分子中に少なくとも1つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーに由来するモノマー単位を含む重合物をいう。以下、1分子中に少なくとも1つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーを「アクリル系モノマー」ともいう。したがって、この明細書におけるアクリル系ポリマーは、アクリル系モノマーに由来するモノマー単位を含むポリマーとして定義される。アクリル系ポリマーの典型例として、該アクリル系ポリマーの合成に用いられる全モノマーのうちアクリル系モノマーの割合が50重量%超(好ましくは70重量%超、例えば80重量%超または90重量%超)であるポリマーが挙げられる。 In this specification, "acrylic polymer" refers to a polymer that contains, as a monomer unit constituting the polymer, a monomer unit derived from a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule. Hereinafter, a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule is also referred to as an "acrylic monomer". Therefore, in this specification, an acrylic polymer is defined as a polymer that contains a monomer unit derived from an acrylic monomer. A typical example of an acrylic polymer is a polymer in which the proportion of acrylic monomers in all monomers used in the synthesis of the acrylic polymer is more than 50% by weight (preferably more than 70% by weight, for example more than 80% by weight or more than 90% by weight).
 この明細書において「(メタ)アクリロイル」とは、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルを包括的に指す意味である。同様に、「(メタ)アクリレート」とはアクリレートおよびメタクリレートを、「(メタ)アクリル」とはアクリルおよびメタクリルを、それぞれ包括的に指す意味である。したがって、ここでいうアクリル系モノマーの概念には、アクリロイル基を有するモノマー(アクリル系モノマー)とメタクリロイル基を有するモノマー(メタクリル系モノマー)との両方が包含され得る。 In this specification, "(meth)acryloyl" refers collectively to acryloyl and methacryloyl. Similarly, "(meth)acrylate" refers collectively to acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic" refers collectively to acrylic and methacrylic. Therefore, the concept of acrylic monomers here can include both monomers having an acryloyl group (acrylic monomers) and monomers having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomers).
<粘着剤の特性>
 (屈折率)
 ここに開示される粘着剤の屈折率は、1.450以下であり、例えば1.300以上1.450以下である。ここに開示される技術によると、かかる屈折率を有する粘着剤、該粘着剤を形成することのできる粘着剤組成物、および上記粘着剤を含む粘着シートが提供され得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば1.440以下であることが好ましく、1.430以下であることがより好ましく、1.425以下または1.424以下であってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば1.420以下であってよく、1.410以下であってもよく、1.400以下であってもよく、1.400未満(例えば1.390未満)であってもよい。また、材料の入手容易性や、他の特性(例えば、耐湿熱白化性や柔軟性)との両立容易性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば1.320以上であってよく、1.350以上であってもよく、1.360以上でもよく、1.370以上でもよく、1.380以上であってもよく、1.400以上、1.410以上、1.420以上または1.430以上であってもよい。ここに開示される技術は、粘着剤の屈折率が、例えば1.350以上1.450以下、または1.380以上1.450以下、または1.400以上1.440以下である態様で好ましく実施され得る。粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば、該粘着剤の組成(例えば、粘着剤のベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の組成比)により調節することができる。
<Characteristics of adhesive>
(Refractive Index)
The refractive index of the adhesive disclosed herein is 1.450 or less, for example, 1.300 or more and 1.450 or less. According to the technology disclosed herein, an adhesive having such a refractive index, an adhesive composition capable of forming the adhesive, and an adhesive sheet including the adhesive can be provided. In some embodiments, the refractive index of the adhesive is preferably, for example, 1.440 or less, more preferably 1.430 or less, and may be 1.425 or less or 1.424 or less. In some embodiments, the refractive index of the adhesive may be, for example, 1.420 or less, 1.410 or less, 1.400 or less, or less than 1.400 (for example, less than 1.390). In addition, in terms of the availability of materials and the ease of compatibility with other properties (e.g., resistance to wet heat whitening and flexibility), in some embodiments, the refractive index of the adhesive may be, for example, 1.320 or more, 1.350 or more, 1.360 or more, 1.370 or more, 1.380 or more, 1.400 or more, 1.410 or more, 1.420 or more, or 1.430 or more. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the refractive index of the adhesive is, for example, 1.350 or more and 1.450 or less, or 1.380 or more and 1.450 or less, or 1.400 or more and 1.440 or less. The refractive index of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by the composition of the adhesive (e.g., the composition ratio of the monomer components constituting the base polymer of the adhesive).
 なお、本明細書において粘着剤の屈折率とは、該粘着剤の表面(粘着面)の屈折率をいう。粘着剤の屈折率は、プリズムカプラを用いて、測定温度25℃、測定波長594nmの条件で測定することができる。プリズムカプラとしては、市販の測定装置を用いることができ、例えばメトリコン社製のモデル「2010M」またはその相当品が用いられる。測定サンプルとしては、評価対象の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を用いることができる。粘着剤の屈折率は、具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。 In this specification, the refractive index of an adhesive refers to the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive. The refractive index of an adhesive can be measured using a prism coupler at a measurement temperature of 25°C and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm. As the prism coupler, a commercially available measuring device can be used, for example, the model "2010M" manufactured by Metricon or an equivalent product. As the measurement sample, an adhesive layer made of the adhesive to be evaluated can be used. Specifically, the refractive index of an adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below.
 (貯蔵弾性率)
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、-20℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))が2.0×10Pa以下である。このようにG’(-20℃)が制限された粘着剤は、例えば、低温域を含む広い温度域において、繰返しの折曲げ操作に適した柔軟性を有する低屈折率粘着剤となり得る。より高い柔軟性を得る観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤のG’(-20℃)は、1.5×10Pa以下であることが好ましく、1.0×10Pa以下であることがより好ましく、8.0×10Pa以下でもよく、7.0×10Pa以下でもよく、6.0×10Pa以下でもよく、5.5×10Pa以下でもよく、5.0×10Pa以下でもよい。粘着剤のG’(-20℃)の下限は特に限定されず、例えば5.0×10Pa以上であってよく、1.0×10Pa以上であってもよく、5.0×10Pa以上であってもよく、1.0×10Pa以上、3.0×10Pa以上または5.0×10Pa以上であってもよい。上記G’(-20℃)を有する粘着剤は、柔軟性を有しつつ、適度な凝集力を備えるものとなり得る。また、上記G’(-20℃)を有する粘着剤によると、低屈折率と柔軟性とを両立しやすい傾向がある。
(Storage Modulus)
The adhesive disclosed herein has a storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less. An adhesive with a limited G'(-20°C) in this way can be, for example, a low refractive index adhesive having flexibility suitable for repeated folding operations in a wide temperature range including a low temperature range. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher flexibility, in some embodiments, the G'(-20°C) of the adhesive is preferably 1.5 x 10 6 Pa or less, more preferably 1.0 x 10 6 Pa or less, may be 8.0 x 10 5 Pa or less, may be 7.0 x 10 5 Pa or less, may be 6.0 x 10 5 Pa or less, may be 5.5 x 10 5 Pa or less, or may be 5.0 x 10 5 Pa or less. The lower limit of the G'(-20°C) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5.0×10 3 Pa or more, 1.0×10 4 Pa or more, 5.0×10 4 Pa or more, 1.0×10 5 Pa or more, 3.0×10 5 Pa or more, or 5.0×10 5 Pa or more. An adhesive having the above G'(-20°C) can have a moderate cohesive force while having flexibility. In addition, an adhesive having the above G'(-20°C) tends to easily achieve both a low refractive index and flexibility.
 ここに開示される粘着剤の25℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(25℃))は、特に限定されず、例えば1.0×10Pa以下であり得る。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤のG’(25℃)は、例えば5.0×10Pa以下であってよく、1.0×10Pa以下であってもよく、5.0×10Pa以下であってもよく、4.5×10Pa以下であってもよい。ここに開示される粘着剤のG’(25℃)が低いことは、低屈折率と柔軟性(例えば、繰返しの折曲げ操作にも適した柔軟性)とを両立する観点から好ましい。粘着剤のG’(25℃)の下限は特に限定されず、例えば1.0×10Pa以上であってよく、5.0×10Pa以上であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、適度な凝集性や耐久性(例えば、繰返しの折曲げ操作にも適した耐久性)を示す粘着剤を実現しやすくする観点から、粘着剤のG’(25℃)は、1.0×10Pa以上であることが適当であり、2.0×10Pa以上であってもよく、3.0×10Pa以上であってもよく、4.0×10Pa以上であってもよい。 The storage modulus at 25°C (G'(25°C)) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 1.0 x 106 Pa or less. In some preferred embodiments, the G'(25°C) of the adhesive may be, for example, 5.0 x 105 Pa or less, 1.0 x 105 Pa or less, 5.0 x 104 Pa or less, or 4.5 x 104 Pa or less. It is preferable that the G'(25°C) of the adhesive disclosed herein is low from the viewpoint of achieving both a low refractive index and flexibility (for example, flexibility suitable for repeated folding operations). The lower limit of the G'(25°C) of the adhesive is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 1.0 x 103 Pa or more, or 5.0 x 103 Pa or more. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of easily realizing an adhesive exhibiting suitable cohesiveness and durability (e.g., durability suitable for repeated folding operations), the G'(25°C) of the adhesive is suitably 1.0 x 10 4 Pa or more, or may be 2.0 x 10 4 Pa or more, 3.0 x 10 4 Pa or more, or may be 4.0 x 10 4 Pa or more.
 ここに開示される粘着剤の60℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(60℃))は、特に限定されず、例えば5.0×10Pa以下であってよく、2.0×10Pa以下であってもよく、1.0×10Pa以下であってもよく、8.0×10Pa以下でもよく、6.0×10Pa以下でもよく、4.0×10Pa以下でもよく、3.5×10Pa以下または3.0×10Pa以下でもよい。上記のようにG’(60℃)が制限された粘着剤によると、室温域において良好な柔軟性が得られやすい。上記G’(60℃)の下限は特に限定されず、例えば1.0×10Pa以上であってよく、好ましくは5.0×10Pa以上、より好ましくは1.0×10Pa以上であり、2.0×10Pa以上、2.5×10Pa以上、3.0×10Pa以上または3.5×10Pa以上であってもよい。上記G’(60℃)を有する粘着剤は、高温域においても適度な凝集力を有し、耐熱性に優れる傾向があり、好ましい。 The storage modulus at 60°C (G'(60°C)) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 5.0x105 Pa or less, 2.0x105 Pa or less, 1.0x105 Pa or less, 8.0x104 Pa or less, 6.0x104 Pa or less, 4.0x104 Pa or less, 3.5x104 Pa or less, or 3.0x104 Pa or less. An adhesive having a limited G'(60°C) as described above tends to provide good flexibility in the room temperature range. The lower limit of G'(60°C) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1.0×10 3 Pa or more, preferably 5.0×10 3 Pa or more, more preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa or more, and may be 2.0×10 4 Pa or more, 2.5×10 4 Pa or more, 3.0×10 4 Pa or more, or 3.5×10 4 Pa or more. Pressure-sensitive adhesives having the above G'(60°C) tend to have appropriate cohesive strength even in a high temperature range and have excellent heat resistance, and are therefore preferred.
 (貯蔵弾性率比)
 粘着剤のG’(25℃)に対するG’(-20℃)の比、すなわち貯蔵弾性率比(G’(-20℃)/G’(25℃))は、例えば1500以下であってよく、1200以下、1000以下または900以下であってもよい。上記比(G’(-20℃)/G’(25℃))が所定以下に制限された粘着剤は、低温域から室温域までの温度域において弾性率の変化が抑制されているので、温度変化に対して安定した特性(柔軟性等)を発揮しやすく、好ましい。いくつかの態様において、上記(G’(-20℃)/G’(25℃))は、800以下であることが適当であり、600以下であることが有利であり、500以下、400以下または300以下であることが好ましく、200以下であってもよく、100以下であってもよく、75以下、60以下、45以下、30以下、20以下または15以下であってもよい。上記比(G’(-20℃)/G’(25℃))の下限は、典型的には1.0超であり、例えば1.1以上であり得る。他の特性との兼ね合い等を考慮して、いくつかの態様において、上記比(G’(-20℃)/G’(25℃))は、2.0以上であってもよく、5.0以上でもよく、10以上、15以上または20以上でもよい。
(Storage modulus ratio)
The ratio of G'(-20°C) to G'(25°C) of the adhesive, i.e., the storage modulus ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)), may be, for example, 1500 or less, 1200 or less, 1000 or less, or 900 or less. An adhesive having the ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) limited to a predetermined value or less is preferable because the change in the modulus of elasticity is suppressed in the temperature range from the low temperature range to the room temperature range, and therefore the adhesive is likely to exhibit stable characteristics (flexibility, etc.) against temperature changes. In some embodiments, the (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) is suitably 800 or less, advantageously 600 or less, and preferably 500 or less, 400 or less, or 300 or less, and may be 200 or less, 100 or less, or may be 75 or less, 60 or less, 45 or less, 30 or less, 20 or less, or 15 or less. The lower limit of the ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) is typically more than 1.0, and may be, for example, 1.1 or more. In consideration of a balance with other properties, in some embodiments, the ratio (G'(-20°C)/G'(25°C)) may be 2.0 or more, 5.0 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, or 20 or more.
 粘着剤のG’(60℃)に対するG’(25℃)の比、すなわち貯蔵弾性率比(G’(25℃)/G’(60℃))は、例えば100以下または70以下であってよく、50以下であることが有利であり、40以下または30以下であることが好ましく、20以下であってもよく、10以下であってもよく、8.0以下、6.0以下、4.0以下、3.0以下または2.0以下であってもよく、1.8以下であってもよく、1.6以下であってもよく、1.5以下でもよく、1.4以下でもよい。上記比(G’(25℃)/G’(60℃))が所定以下に制限された粘着剤は、室温から高温域までの温度域において弾性率の変化が抑制されているので、温度変化に対して安定した特性(柔軟性等)を発揮しやすい。上記比(G’(25℃)/G’(60℃))の下限は、典型的には1.0超であり、例えば1.1以上であり得る。他の特性との兼ね合い等を考慮して、いくつかの態様において、上記比(G’(25℃)/G’(60℃))は、1.2以上であってもよく、1.3以上であってもよく、1.4以上であってもよい。 The ratio of G'(25°C) to G'(60°C) of the adhesive, i.e., the storage modulus ratio (G'(25°C)/G'(60°C)), may be, for example, 100 or less or 70 or less, advantageously 50 or less, preferably 40 or less or 30 or less, may be 20 or less, may be 10 or less, may be 8.0 or less, 6.0 or less, 4.0 or less, 3.0 or less, or 2.0 or less, may be 1.8 or less, may be 1.6 or less, may be 1.5 or less, or may be 1.4 or less. An adhesive having the ratio (G'(25°C)/G'(60°C)) limited to a predetermined value or less has a suppressed change in the modulus of elasticity in the temperature range from room temperature to a high temperature range, and therefore is likely to exhibit stable characteristics (flexibility, etc.) against temperature changes. The lower limit of the ratio (G'(25°C)/G'(60°C)) is typically more than 1.0, and may be, for example, 1.1 or more. Taking into account the balance with other properties, in some embodiments, the ratio (G'(25°C)/G'(60°C)) may be 1.2 or more, 1.3 or more, or 1.4 or more.
 粘着剤の各温度における貯蔵弾性率は、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができ、その結果から上記の各貯蔵弾性率比を算出することができる。粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率および貯蔵弾性率比は、例えば、該粘着剤のベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の組成の選択、架橋剤の種類および使用量の選択、等により調節し得る。 The storage modulus of the adhesive at each temperature can be measured by the method described in the Examples below, and the above-mentioned storage modulus ratios can be calculated from the results. The storage modulus and storage modulus ratio of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components that make up the base polymer of the adhesive, selecting the type and amount of crosslinking agent used, etc.
 (ガラス転移温度)
 ここに開示される粘着剤のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、特に限定されないが、低温域において良好な柔軟性を得やすくする観点から、5℃以下(例えば、-60℃以上5℃以下)であることが適当である。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤のTgは、0℃以下(例えば-5℃以下)であることが有利であり、-10℃以下(例えば-15℃以下)であることが好ましく、-20℃以下であることがより好ましく、-22℃以下であってもよく、-24℃以下であってもよい。粘着剤のTgが低いほど、被着体との密着性など粘着特性にも優れる傾向がある。粘着剤のTgの下限は、例えば-50℃以上であってもよく、-40℃以上であってもよく、-30℃以上であってもよい。上記Tgを有する粘着剤によると、適度な凝集力が得られやすい傾向がある。また、低屈折率と低弾性率とを両立した粘着剤を形成しやすい傾向がある。粘着剤のTgは、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。粘着剤のTgは、例えば、該粘着剤のベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の組成の選択、架橋剤の種類および使用量の選択、等により調節し得る。
(Glass-transition temperature)
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but is suitably 5°C or less (e.g., -60°C or more and 5°C or less) from the viewpoint of easily obtaining good flexibility in the low temperature range. In some embodiments, the Tg of the adhesive is advantageously 0°C or less (e.g., -5°C or less), preferably -10°C or less (e.g., -15°C or less), more preferably -20°C or less, and may be -22°C or less, or may be -24°C or less. The lower the Tg of the adhesive, the more excellent the adhesive properties such as adhesion to the adherend tend to be. The lower limit of the Tg of the adhesive may be, for example, -50°C or more, -40°C or more, or -30°C or more. An adhesive having the above Tg tends to easily obtain a moderate cohesive force. In addition, an adhesive that is compatible with a low refractive index and a low elastic modulus tends to be easily formed. The Tg of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below. The Tg of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, selecting the type and amount of the crosslinking agent used, and the like.
 (破断時伸び)
 粘着剤の破断時伸び(E)は、特に限定されず、例えば200%以上10000%以下の範囲であり得る。柔軟性や伸び変形性の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤のEは、例えば300%以上であってよく、400%以上であることが有利であり、500%以上であることが好ましく、750%以上であることがより好ましく、800%以上であってもよく、900%以上でもよく、1000%以上でもよく、1200%以上でもよい。また、他の特性との両立容易性や、粘着剤または該粘着剤を有する粘着シートの加工性、取扱い性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤のEは、9000%以下であることが適当であり、8000%以下であることが有利であり、7000%以下であることが好ましく、6000%以下であることがより好ましく、5000%以下であってもよく、4000%以下であってもよく、3000%以下、2000%以下または1500%以下であってもよい。粘着剤のEは、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。粘着剤のEは、例えば、該粘着剤のベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の組成の選択、架橋剤の種類および使用量の選択、等により調節し得る。
(Elongation at break)
The elongation at break ( EB ) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, in the range of 200% or more and 10,000% or less. From the viewpoint of flexibility and elongation deformability, in some embodiments, the EB of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be, for example, 300% or more, advantageously 400% or more, preferably 500% or more, more preferably 750% or more, may be 800% or more, may be 900% or more, may be 1000% or more, or may be 1200% or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of compatibility with other properties, and processability and handleability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive or a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having the pressure-sensitive adhesive, in some embodiments, the EB of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is suitably 9,000% or less, advantageously 8,000% or less, preferably 7,000% or less, more preferably 6,000% or less, may be 5,000% or less, may be 4,000% or less, may be 3,000% or less, 2,000% or less, or 1,500% or less. The EB of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below. The EB of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, selecting the type and amount of the crosslinking agent, etc.
 (比(G’(25℃)/E))
 いくつかの態様において、上記破断時伸び(E)に対する上記25℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(25℃))の比、すなわち比(G’(25℃)/E)は、例えば1.0×10以下であってよく、5.0×10以下であってもよく、1.0×10以下でもよく、5.0×10以下でもよく、1.0×10以下でもよく、500以下、300以下または150以下でもよい。上記比(G’(25℃)/E)は、粘着剤のG’(25℃)を「Pa」の単位で表したときの数値部分と、該粘着剤のEを「%」の単位で表したときの数値部分と、から算出される無次元数である。粘着剤のG’(25℃)がより高い(硬い)こと、および、Eがより小さいことは、いずれも、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)の値をより大きくする要因である。例えば、脆い材料や弱い(凝集力が低い)材料は、伸び変形に対して千切れやすく、Eの値が小さくなる傾向にある。一方、G’(25℃)をより低くすること、および、Eをより大きくすることは、いずれも、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)に対して、該比の値をより小さくする方向への影響を与える。上記比(G’(25℃)/E)が所定以下に制限された粘着剤は、適度な柔軟性および適度な伸び変形性(千切れにくさ)によって良好なしなやかさを示す。したがって、所定以下の屈折率を有しつつ、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)が上記範囲にある粘着剤は、低屈折率としなやかさとを両立する観点から好ましい。上記しなやかさを有する粘着剤は、例えば、繰り返して折り曲げられることが想定される用途にも適したものとなり得る。より良好なしなやかさを実現する観点から、いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)は、100未満(例えば95以下)であることが適当であり、80以下でもよく、70以下でもよく、60以下でもよく、50以下でもよい。上記比(G’(25℃)/E)の下限は特に制限されない。いくつかの態様において、他の特性とのバランスを考慮して、上記比(G’(25℃)/E)は、例えば5.0以上であってよく、10以上であってもよく、15以上であってもよく、20以上、25以上または30以上であってもよく、40以上であってもよく、45以上であってもよい。
(Ratio (G'(25°C)/ EB ))
In some embodiments, the ratio of the storage modulus at 25°C (G'(25°C)) to the elongation at break (E B ), i.e., the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ), may be, for example, 1.0x10 5 or less, 5.0x10 4 or less, 1.0x10 4 or less, 5.0x10 3 or less, 1.0x10 3 or less, 500 or less, 300 or less, or 150 or less. The ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is a dimensionless number calculated from the numerical portion of the G'(25°C) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive expressed in units of "Pa" and the numerical portion of the E B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive expressed in units of "%". A higher (harder) G'(25°C) and a smaller E B of the adhesive are both factors that increase the value of the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ). For example, a brittle material or a weak (low cohesive strength) material is more likely to tear when stretched and has a smaller E B value. On the other hand, lowering G'(25°C) and increasing E B both have an effect on the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) in the direction of decreasing the value of the ratio. An adhesive in which the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) is limited to a predetermined value or less exhibits good flexibility due to moderate flexibility and moderate stretch deformation (resistance to tearing). Therefore, an adhesive having a refractive index of a predetermined value or less and having the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) in the above range is preferable from the viewpoint of achieving both a low refractive index and flexibility. The pressure-sensitive adhesive having the above flexibility may be suitable for applications in which repeated folding is expected, for example. From the viewpoint of realizing better flexibility, in some preferred embodiments, the ratio (G'(25°C)/ EB ) is suitably less than 100 (e.g., 95 or less), and may be 80 or less, 70 or less, 60 or less, or 50 or less. The lower limit of the ratio (G'(25°C)/ EB ) is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, taking into consideration the balance with other properties, the ratio (G'(25°C)/ EB ) may be, for example, 5.0 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 30 or more, 40 or more, or 45 or more.
 (比(G’(-20℃)/E))
 いくつかの態様において、上記破断時伸び(E)に対する上記-20℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))の比、すなわち比(G’(-20℃)/E)は、例えば5.0×10以下であってよく、5.0×10以下であってもよく、5.0×10以下であってもよく、1.0×10以下でもよく、5.0×10以下でもよい。上記比(G’(-20℃)/E)は、粘着剤のG’(-20℃)を「Pa」の単位で表したときの数値部分と、該粘着剤のEを「%」の単位で表したときの数値部分と、から算出される無次元数である。所定以下の屈折率を有しつつ、上記比(G’(-20℃)/E)が上記範囲にある粘着剤は、低屈折率と、比較的早い変形に対する追従性とを両立する観点から好ましい。より良好なしなやかさを実現する観点から、いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記比(G’(-20℃)/E)は、2500以下であることが適当であり、2000以下であることが有利であり、1500以下(例えば1300以下)であることが好ましく、1200以下(例えば1000以下)であることがより好ましく、800以下であってもよく、600以下、500以下、450以下または400以下であってもよい。上記比(G’(-20℃)/E)の下限は特に制限されない。いくつかの態様において、他の特性とのバランスを考慮して、上記比(G’(-20℃)/E)は、例えば20以上であってよく、50以上であってもよく、100以上であってもよく、150以上であってもよく、200以上、250以上または300以上であってもよく、350以上であってもよく、400以上であってもよい。
(Ratio (G'(-20°C)/ EB ))
In some embodiments, the ratio of the storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) to the elongation at break (E B ), i.e., the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ), may be, for example, 5.0 x 10 6 or less, 5.0 x 10 5 or less, 5.0 x 10 4 or less, 1.0 x 10 4 or less, or 5.0 x 10 3 or less. The ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) is a dimensionless number calculated from the numerical part when the G'(-20°C) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is expressed in units of "Pa" and the numerical part when the E B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is expressed in units of "%". A pressure-sensitive adhesive having a refractive index of a predetermined value or less and having the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) in the above range is preferred from the viewpoint of achieving both a low refractive index and relatively rapid followability to deformation. From the viewpoint of realizing better flexibility, in some preferred embodiments, the ratio (G'(-20°C)/ EB ) is suitably 2500 or less, advantageously 2000 or less, preferably 1500 or less (e.g. 1300 or less), more preferably 1200 or less (e.g. 1000 or less), and may be 800 or less, 600 or less, 500 or less, 450 or less, or 400 or less. There is no particular lower limit for the ratio (G'(-20°C)/ EB ). In some embodiments, taking into consideration the balance with other properties, the ratio (G'(-20°C)/ EB ) may be, for example, 20 or more, 50 or more, 100 or more, 150 or more, 200 or more, 250 or more, 300 or more, 350 or more, or 400 or more.
 (ヤング率)
 ここに開示される粘着剤のヤング率は、例えば凡そ0.01MPa~50MPaの範囲内であり得る。いくつかの態様では、初期接着性等の観点から、粘着剤のヤング率は、30MPa以下(例えば20MPa以下または10MPa以下)であることが適当であり、8.0MPa以下(例えば6.0MPa以下、4.5MPa以下、3.0MPa以下または2.0MPa以下)であることが有利であり、1.0MPa以下であってもよく、0.80MPa以下または0.80MPa未満であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、柔軟性向上の観点から、粘着剤のヤング率は、例えば0.60MPa未満であってよく、0.50MPa未満であってもよく、0.20MPa未満であってもよく、0.10MPa未満であってもよく、0.08MPa未満であってもよい。また、いくつかの態様では、粘着剤または該粘着剤を有する粘着シートの加工性や取扱い性等の観点から、粘着剤のヤング率は、例えば0.03MPa以上であってよく、0.05MPa以上であってもよい。いくつかの態様では、他の特性とのバランスを考慮して、粘着剤のヤング率は、0.06MPa以上であってもよく、0.07MPa以上であってもよい。粘着剤のヤング率は、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。粘着剤のヤング率は、例えば、ベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の組成の選択、架橋剤の種類および使用量の選択、等により調節し得る。
(Young's modulus)
The Young's modulus of the adhesive disclosed herein may be, for example, in the range of about 0.01 MPa to 50 MPa. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of initial adhesion, etc., the Young's modulus of the adhesive is suitably 30 MPa or less (e.g., 20 MPa or less or 10 MPa or less), and is advantageously 8.0 MPa or less (e.g., 6.0 MPa or less, 4.5 MPa or less, 3.0 MPa or less, or 2.0 MPa or less), and may be 1.0 MPa or less, 0.80 MPa or less, or less than 0.80 MPa. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of improving flexibility, the Young's modulus of the adhesive may be, for example, less than 0.60 MPa, less than 0.50 MPa, less than 0.20 MPa, less than 0.10 MPa, or less than 0.08 MPa. In addition, in some embodiments, from the viewpoint of processability, handleability, etc. of the adhesive or the adhesive sheet having the adhesive, the Young's modulus of the adhesive may be, for example, 0.03 MPa or more, or 0.05 MPa or more. In some embodiments, the Young's modulus of the adhesive may be 0.06 MPa or more, or 0.07 MPa or more, taking into consideration the balance with other properties. The Young's modulus of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below. The Young's modulus of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, selecting the type and amount of the crosslinking agent, etc.
 (破断応力)
 ここに開示される粘着剤の破断応力は、例えば凡そ0.10MPa~30MPaの範囲内であり得る。いくつかの態様では、粘着剤または該粘着剤を有する粘着シートの加工性や取扱い性等の観点から、粘着剤の破断応力は、例えば0.2MPa以上または0.3MPa以上であることが適当であり、0.4MPa以上であってもよい。また、いくつかの態様では、粘着剤の柔軟性を高めやすくする観点から、粘着剤の破断応力は、15MPa以下であることが適当であり、12MPa以下であることが好ましく、10MPa以下であってもよく、8.0MPa以下であってもよく、4.0MPa以下であってもよく、2.0MPa以下、1.0MPa以下であってもよく、0.8MPa以下または0.6MPa以下であってもよい。粘着剤の破断応力は、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。粘着剤の破断応力は、例えば、ベースポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の組成の選択、架橋剤の種類および使用量の選択、等により調節し得る。
(Breaking Stress)
The rupture stress of the adhesive disclosed herein may be, for example, within the range of about 0.10 MPa to 30 MPa. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of the processability and handling of the adhesive or the adhesive sheet having the adhesive, the rupture stress of the adhesive is, for example, suitably 0.2 MPa or more or 0.3 MPa or more, and may be 0.4 MPa or more. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of easily increasing the flexibility of the adhesive, the rupture stress of the adhesive is suitably 15 MPa or less, preferably 12 MPa or less, may be 10 MPa or less, may be 8.0 MPa or less, may be 4.0 MPa or less, may be 2.0 MPa or less, may be 1.0 MPa or less, may be 0.8 MPa or less, or may be 0.6 MPa or less. The rupture stress of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below. The rupture stress of the adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition of the monomer components constituting the base polymer, selecting the type and amount of the crosslinking agent, etc.
<粘着剤の組成>
 (ベースポリマー)
 ここに開示される技術において、粘着剤の種類は特に限定されない。上記粘着剤は、粘着剤の分野において用いられ得るアクリル系ポリマー、ゴム系ポリマー(例えば天然ゴム、合成ゴム、これらの混合物等)、ポリエステル系ポリマー、ウレタン系ポリマー、ポリエーテル系ポリマー、シリコーン系ポリマー、ポリアミド系ポリマー、フッ素系ポリマー等の各種ゴム状ポリマーの1種または2種以上を粘着性ポリマー(粘着剤を形づくる構造ポリマーという意味で、以下「ベースポリマー」ともいう。)として含むものであり得る。粘着性能やコスト等の観点から、アクリル系ポリマーまたはゴム系ポリマーをベースポリマーとして含む粘着剤を好ましく採用し得る。なかでもアクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとする粘着剤(アクリル系粘着剤)が好ましい。ここに開示される技術は、アクリル系粘着剤を用いる態様で好ましく実施される。
<Composition of Adhesive>
(Base polymer)
In the technology disclosed herein, the type of adhesive is not particularly limited. The adhesive may contain one or more of various rubber-like polymers such as acrylic polymers, rubber polymers (e.g., natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof, etc.), polyester polymers, urethane polymers, polyether polymers, silicone polymers, polyamide polymers, and fluorine polymers, which can be used in the field of adhesives, as adhesive polymers (hereinafter also referred to as "base polymers" in the sense of structural polymers that form the adhesive). From the viewpoint of adhesive performance, cost, etc., an adhesive containing an acrylic polymer or a rubber polymer as a base polymer can be preferably adopted. Among them, an adhesive (acrylic adhesive) having an acrylic polymer as a base polymer is preferable. The technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in an embodiment using an acrylic adhesive.
 以下、アクリル系粘着剤について主に説明するが、ここに開示される粘着剤をアクリル系粘着剤に限定する意図ではない。  The following mainly describes acrylic adhesives, but it is not intended to limit the adhesives disclosed herein to acrylic adhesives.
 (アクリル系ポリマー(F))
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、ここに開示される粘着剤は、アクリル系ポリマー(F)を含有する。上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーを含む。言い換えると、上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)は、上記フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーを、モノマー単位として含む。ここに開示される粘着剤は、上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)をベースポリマーとして含むアクリル系粘着剤であることが好ましい。以下、上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を「ポリマー(F)」と略記することがある。
(Acrylic Polymer (F))
In some preferred embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein contains an acrylic polymer (F). The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (F) includes a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer. In other words, the acrylic polymer (F) includes the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer as a monomer unit. The pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein is preferably an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive including the acrylic polymer (F) as a base polymer. Hereinafter, the acrylic polymer (F) may be abbreviated as "polymer (F)".
 (フッ素含有アクリル系モノマー)
 上記ポリマー(F)は、少なくともフッ素含有アクリル系モノマーを含み、該モノマーと共重合性を有する他のモノマー(共重合性モノマー)をさらに含んでもよいモノマー成分の重合物であり得る。上記フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーは、分子内に少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有しているアクリル系モノマーであれば特に制限されない。例えば、フッ素含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルを好適に用いることができる。フッ素含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルの好適例として、エステル末端にフッ素化炭化水素基を有するものが挙げられる。フッ素化炭化水素基としては、例えば、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基、フッ素化脂環式炭化水素基、フッ素化芳香族炭化水素基などが挙げられる。フッ素化炭化水素基としては、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基が好適である。フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基としては、フッ素化アルキル基などが挙げられる。フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基において、脂肪族炭化水素部位は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。また、フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基において、フッ素原子は、脂肪族炭化水素基部位のいずれの炭素原子に結合していてもよい。1つの炭素原子に結合しているフッ素原子は、単数であってもよく、複数であってもよい。フッ素原子が結合している炭素原子の数は特に制限されない。
(Fluorine-containing acrylic monomer)
The polymer (F) may be a polymer of monomer components including at least a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer and may further include another monomer (copolymerizable monomer) having copolymerizability with the monomer. The fluorine-containing acrylic monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is an acrylic monomer having at least one fluorine atom in the molecule. For example, a fluorine-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester can be suitably used. A suitable example of the fluorine-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester is one having a fluorinated hydrocarbon group at the ester end. Examples of the fluorinated hydrocarbon group include a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a fluorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and a fluorinated aromatic hydrocarbon group. A suitable example of the fluorinated hydrocarbon group is a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a fluorinated alkyl group. In the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aliphatic hydrocarbon portion may be linear or branched. In the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the fluorine atom may be bonded to any carbon atom in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group portion. The fluorine atom bonded to one carbon atom may be singular or plural. The number of carbon atoms to which fluorine atoms are bonded is not particularly limited.
 フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基(なかでも、フッ素化アルキル基)において、炭化水素基部位の炭素原子数は特に制限されない。いくつかの態様では、他の共重合性モノマーとの相溶性を考慮して、炭素原子数が例えば1~18(好ましくは1~12)程度のフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましい。フッ化脂肪族炭化水素基の具体例としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、モノフルオロメチル基などのフッ化メチル基;ペンタフルオロエチル基、1,1,2,2-テトラフルオロエチル基、1,2,2,2-テトラフルオロエチル基、1,1,2-トリフルオロエチル基、1,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、1,1-ジフルオロエチル基、1,2-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロエチル基、1-モノフルオロエチル基、2-モノフルオロエチル基などのフッ化エチル基;などが挙げられる。炭素原子数が3以上のフッ素化アルキル基としては、上記例示のフッ素化メチル基やフッ素化エチル基と同様に、アルキル基部位の炭素原子のうちいずれか1つ以上の炭素原子に単数または複数のフッ素原子が結合している種々のフッ素化アルキル基を例示することができる。 In the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group (especially the fluorinated alkyl group), the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group portion is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, taking into consideration compatibility with other copolymerizable monomers, a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having, for example, about 1 to 18 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 12) is preferred. Specific examples of the fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon group include fluorinated methyl groups such as trifluoromethyl group, difluoromethyl group, and monofluoromethyl group; fluorinated ethyl groups such as pentafluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethyl group, 1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethyl group, 1,1,2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,1-difluoroethyl group, 1,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 1-monofluoroethyl group, and 2-monofluoroethyl group; and the like. Examples of fluorinated alkyl groups having 3 or more carbon atoms include various fluorinated alkyl groups in which one or more fluorine atoms are bonded to one or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group portion, similar to the above-mentioned fluorinated methyl and fluorinated ethyl groups.
 フッ素化脂環式炭化水素基としては、フッ素化シクロアルキル基などが挙げられる。上記フッ素化脂肪族炭化水素基と同様に、フッ素化脂環式炭化水素基において、フッ素原子は、脂環式炭化水素基のいずれの炭素原子に結合していてもよく、1つの炭素原子に結合しているフッ素原子は単数および複数のいずれであってもよい。さらに、フッ素原子が結合している炭素原子の数は特に制限されない。フッ素化脂環式炭化水素基には、例えば、2-フルオロシクロヘキシル基、3-フルオロシクロヘキシル基、4-フルオロシクロヘキシル基などのフッ素原子を1つ有するシクロヘキシル基;2,4-ジフルオロシクロヘキシル基、2,6-ジフルオロシクロヘキシル基などのフッ素原子を2つ有するシクロヘキシル基;2,4,6-トリフルオロシクロヘキシル基などのフッ素原子を3つ有するシクロヘキシル基等が含まれる。 Fluorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon groups include fluorinated cycloalkyl groups. As with the above fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, in fluorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, the fluorine atom may be bonded to any carbon atom of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and the number of fluorine atoms bonded to one carbon atom may be either single or multiple. Furthermore, there is no particular limit to the number of carbon atoms to which fluorine atoms are bonded. Fluorinated alicyclic hydrocarbon groups include, for example, cyclohexyl groups having one fluorine atom, such as 2-fluorocyclohexyl, 3-fluorocyclohexyl, and 4-fluorocyclohexyl groups; cyclohexyl groups having two fluorine atoms, such as 2,4-difluorocyclohexyl and 2,6-difluorocyclohexyl groups; and cyclohexyl groups having three fluorine atoms, such as 2,4,6-trifluorocyclohexyl groups.
 フッ素化炭化水素基は、置換基を有していなくてもよく、有していてもよい。このような置換基としては、特に制限されず、例えば、アルキル基等の炭化水素基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。置換基は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 The fluorinated hydrocarbon group may or may not have a substituent. Such a substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include hydrocarbon groups such as alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, hydroxy groups, carboxy groups, amino groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, and halogen atoms. The substituents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 フッ素原子含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル[フッ素化(メタ)アクリレート]には、例えば、フッ素原子含有(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル[フッ素化アルキル(メタ)アクリレート]、フッ素原子含有(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルキルエステル[フッ素化シクロアルキル(メタ)アクリレート]、フッ素原子含有(メタ)アクリル酸アリールエステル[フッ素化アリール(メタ)アクリレート]などが含まれる。 Fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid esters [fluorinated (meth)acrylates] include, for example, fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters [fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates], fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters [fluorinated cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates], and fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid aryl esters [fluorinated aryl (meth)acrylates].
 フッ素原子含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、フッ素化アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(特に、フッ素化アルキルアクリレート)が好適である。フッ素化アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレート(例えば、ダイキン工業株式会社製の商品名「C6SFAモノマー」)、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート(例えば、大阪有機化学工業株式会社製の商品名「ビスコート3F」)、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピルアクリレート(例えば、大阪有機化学工業株式会社製の商品名「ビスコート4F」)、1H,1H,5H-オクタフルオロペンチルアクリレート(例えば、大阪有機化学工業株式会社製の商品名「ビスコート8F」)、1H,1H,5H-オクタフルオロペンチルメタクリレート(例えば、大阪有機化学工業株式会社製の商品名「ビスコート8FM」)、2-(ヘプタデカフルオロノニル)エチルアクリレート(例えば、共栄社化学株式会社製の商品名「FA-108」)などが挙げられる。 As the fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester, fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates (particularly fluorinated alkyl acrylates) are suitable. Examples of fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates include 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate (e.g., "C6SFA Monomer" manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.), 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl acrylate (e.g., "Viscoat 3F" manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl acrylate (e.g., "Viscoat 4F" manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1H,1H,5H-octafluoropentyl acrylate (e.g., "Viscoat 8F" manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1H,1H,5H-octafluoropentyl methacrylate (e.g., "Viscoat 8FM" manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and 2-(heptadecafluorononyl)ethyl acrylate (e.g., "FA-108" manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.).
 (モノマー(Mf))
 いくつかの態様において、上記フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーとして、下記式(2):
 CH=CRCOO(CH-Rf   (2)
(式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基であり、nは1または2であり、Rfは炭素原子数3~6の鎖状フッ化アルキル基である。);で表されるフッ化アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(Mf)(以下、「モノマー(Mf)」と略記することがある。)を好ましく採用し得る。ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、上記式(2)で表されるフッ化アルキル(メタ)アクリレートのいずれか1種を単独で含んでいてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて含んでいてもよい。ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分に含まれるフッ素含有アクリル系モノマーのうちモノマー(Mf)の占める割合は、例えば25重量%以上であってよく、50重量%以上でもよく、75重量%以上でもよく、100重量%でもよい。
(Monomer (Mf))
In some embodiments, the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer is represented by the following formula (2):
CH 2 ═CR 1 COO(CH 2 ) n -Rf (2)
(wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, n is 1 or 2, and Rf is a linear fluorinated alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms); fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates (Mf) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "monomer (Mf)") represented by the formula (2) may be preferably used. The monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may contain any one of the fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates represented by the formula (2) alone or in combination of two or more. The proportion of the monomer (Mf) in the fluorine-containing acrylic monomers contained in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 25% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 100% by weight.
 上記式(2)においてRfで表される鎖状フッ化アルキル基の炭素原子数は、低屈折率化効果や柔軟性等の観点から、4以上であることが好ましく、5以上(例えば6)であることがより好ましい。上記鎖状フッ化アルキル基は、直鎖状であっても分岐を有していてもよいが、柔軟性等の観点から、直鎖状であることが好ましい。上記鎖状フッ化アルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であってもよく、部分フッ化アルキル基(例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基における末端の炭素原子に結合したフッ素原子の1つまたは2つが水素原子に置き換えられた構造の部分フッ化アルキル基)であってもよい。低屈折率化効果の観点から、上記鎖状フッ化アルキル基は、鎖状(好ましくは直鎖状)のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。また、上記式(2)におけるnは、粘着剤の柔軟性等の観点から、2であることが好ましい。上記式(2)におけるRは、粘着剤の柔軟性やモノマー(Mf)の重合反応性等の観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms of the chain fluorinated alkyl group represented by Rf in the above formula (2) is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more (for example, 6) from the viewpoint of the effect of reducing the refractive index and flexibility. The above chain fluorinated alkyl group may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of flexibility. The above chain fluorinated alkyl group may be a perfluoroalkyl group or a partially fluorinated alkyl group (for example, a partially fluorinated alkyl group having a structure in which one or two fluorine atoms bonded to the terminal carbon atom in the perfluoroalkyl group are replaced with hydrogen atoms). From the viewpoint of the effect of reducing the refractive index, the above chain fluorinated alkyl group is preferably a chain (preferably linear) perfluoroalkyl group. In addition, n in the above formula (2) is preferably 2 from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive. R 1 in the above formula (2) is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive and the polymerization reactivity of the monomer (Mf).
 上記式(2)で表されるフッ化アルキル(メタ)アクリレートのうち、低屈折率と柔軟性とをバランスよく両立する観点から好ましいモノマー(Mf)の一例として、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートが挙げられる。2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートは、単独で使用してもよく、他のフッ素含有アクリル系モノマーと組み合わせて使用してもよい。ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分に含まれるフッ素含有アクリル系モノマーのうち2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートの占める割合は、例えば25重量%以上であってよく、50重量%以上でもよく、75重量%以上でもよく、100重量%でもよい。 Among the fluorinated alkyl (meth)acrylates represented by the above formula (2), 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate is an example of a preferred monomer (Mf) from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between a low refractive index and flexibility. 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate may be used alone or in combination with other fluorine-containing acrylic monomers. The proportion of 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate in the fluorine-containing acrylic monomers contained in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 25% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 100% by weight.
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分におけるフッ素含有アクリル系モノマーの含有量(モノマー(Mf)の含有量、または、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートの含有量であり得る。)は、例えば15重量%以上であってよく、低屈折率化の観点から20重量%以上であることが有利であり、25重量%以上であることが好ましく、30重量%以上または35重量%以上であることがより好ましい。より低屈折率の粘着剤を実現しやすくする観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記含有量は、例えば40重量%以上であってよく、43重量%以上または43重量%超であってもよく、45重量%以上または45重量%超であってもよく、47重量%以上または47重量%超であってもよい。また、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分におけるフッ素含有アクリル系モノマーの含有量(モノマー(Mf)の含有量、または、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートの含有量であり得る。)の上限は、他のモノマーの含有量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定され、例えば98重量%未満であってよく、95重量%未満であってもよく、90重量%以下であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記含有量は、粘着剤の柔軟性等の観点から、80重量%以下であることが適当であり、70重量%以下であることが有利であり、60重量%以下であってもよく、55重量%以下であってもよく、50重量%以下であってもよい。上記フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーの含有量は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(Mf)の含有量や、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートの含有量にも適用され得る。 The content of the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) (which may be the content of the monomer (Mf) or the content of 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate) may be, for example, 15% by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of achieving a low refractive index, it is advantageous to have it be 20% by weight or more, preferably 25% by weight or more, and more preferably 30% by weight or more or 35% by weight or more. From the viewpoint of making it easier to realize an adhesive with a lower refractive index, in some embodiments, the above content may be, for example, 40% by weight or more, 43% by weight or more or more than 43% by weight, 45% by weight or more or more than 45% by weight, or 47% by weight or more or more than 47% by weight. In addition, the upper limit of the content of the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) (which may be the content of the monomer (Mf) or the content of 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate) is set so that the total with the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, less than 98% by weight, less than 95% by weight, or 90% by weight or less. In some embodiments, the content is suitably 80% by weight or less from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive, advantageously 70% by weight or less, may be 60% by weight or less, may be 55% by weight or less, or may be 50% by weight or less. The content of the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer may also be applied to the content of the monomer (Mf) in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) or the content of 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F).
 (酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh))
 上記ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、酸フリーの親水性モノマー(Mh)(以下、「親水性モノマー(Mh)」または「モノマー(Mh)」と略記することがある。)をさらに含んでいてもよい。モノマー(Mh)は、例えば、粘着剤への適度な凝集力の付与、剥離強度の向上、湿気による透明性低下の抑制(例えば、ヘイズ値の上昇抑制)等に役立ち得る。上記酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh)としては、分子内にエチレン性不飽和基および親水性基を有し、かつ酸性官能基を有しないモノマーが用いられる。上記酸性官能基の概念には、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基が包含される。したがって、上記酸フリーの親水性モノマー(Mh)は、分子内にエチレン性不飽和基および親水性基を有し、かつカルボキシ基、スルホ基およびリン酸基のいずれの酸性官能基も有しないモノマーである。モノマー(Mh)が酸フリーであることは、該モノマー(Mh)の使用に伴う粘着剤の柔軟性低下(特に、低温域における貯蔵弾性率の上昇)を抑制する観点から有利である。酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Acid-Free Hydrophilic Monomer (Mh))
The monomer components constituting the polymer (F) may further include an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as "hydrophilic monomer (Mh)" or "monomer (Mh)"). The monomer (Mh) can be useful, for example, for imparting an appropriate cohesive force to the adhesive, improving peel strength, and suppressing a decrease in transparency due to moisture (for example, suppressing an increase in haze value), etc. As the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh), a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule and having no acidic functional group is used. The concept of the acidic functional group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group. Therefore, the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) is a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule and having no acidic functional group of any of a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group. The fact that the monomer (Mh) is acid-free is advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly an increase in the storage modulus in the low temperature range) associated with the use of the monomer (Mh). The acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
 モノマー(Mh)の有するエチレン性不飽和基の例としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基等が挙げられる。柔軟性の観点から好ましいエチレン性不飽和基として、アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基が挙げられる。重合反応性の観点から好ましいエチレン性不飽和基として、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基(より好ましくは、アクリロイル基)が挙げられる。粘着剤の柔軟性低下を抑制する観点から、モノマー(Mh)としては、1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基の数が1である化合物(すなわち、単官能モノマー)が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the monomer (Mh) include (meth)acryloyl, vinyl, and (meth)allyl groups. From the viewpoint of flexibility, preferred ethylenically unsaturated groups include acryloyl, vinyl, and allyl groups. From the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, preferred ethylenically unsaturated groups include acryloyl and methacryloyl groups (more preferably acryloyl groups). From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the flexibility of the adhesive, a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (i.e., a monofunctional monomer) is preferably used as the monomer (Mh).
 モノマー(Mh)の有する親水性基は、例えば、水酸基、アミド基、アミノ基、窒素原子含有環、(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基等であり得る。このような親水性基を分子内に少なくとも1つ有し、かつ酸フリーのモノマーを、モノマー(Mh)として用いることができる。いくつかの態様において、モノマー(Mh)としては、水酸基含有モノマー、アミド基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーおよび(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基含有モノマーの少なくとも1つに該当するモノマーから選択される1種または2種以上が用いられる。 The hydrophilic group of the monomer (Mh) may be, for example, a hydroxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, a (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group, etc. An acid-free monomer having at least one such hydrophilic group in the molecule can be used as the monomer (Mh). In some embodiments, one or more monomers selected from at least one of a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, an amide group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, and a (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer are used as the monomer (Mh).
 上記水酸基含有モノマーの例としては、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、6-ヒドロキシヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、8-ヒドロキシオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、10-ヒドロキシデシル(メタ)アクリレート、12-ヒドロキシラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、(4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロへキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等のヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。水酸基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。モノマー(Mh)として、1種または2種以上の水酸基含有モノマーと、1種または2種以上の他のモノマー(例えば、アミド基含有モノマー)とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。モノマー(Mh)のうち水酸基含有モノマーの占める割合は、例えば10重量%以上、20重量%以上、25重量%以上、33重量%以上、50重量%以上、65重量%以上、80重量%以上または90重量%以上とすることができ、また、100重量%以下、85重量%以下、70重量%以下、55重量%以下、40重量%以下、30重量%以下、25重量%以下、20重量%以下または15重量%以下とすることができる。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, and (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate. The hydroxyl group-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the monomer (Mh), one or more hydroxyl group-containing monomers may be used in combination with one or more other monomers (e.g., amide group-containing monomers). The proportion of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer (Mh) can be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and can be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less.
 水酸基含有モノマーの好適例として、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート(4HBA)(ホモポリマーのTg:-40℃)および2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)(ホモポリマーのTg:-15℃)が挙げられる。粘着剤の柔軟性向上(特に、低温域における柔軟性向上)の観点から、ホモポリマーのTgがより低い4HBAがより好ましい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤の耐湿熱白化性と柔軟性とをバランスよく両立する観点から、モノマー(Mh)として用いられる水酸基含有モノマーのうち50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超、70重量%超または85重量%超)かつ100重量%以下が4HBAであり得る。 Suitable examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) (Tg of homopolymer: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) (Tg of homopolymer: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly improving flexibility in the low temperature range), 4HBA, which has a lower homopolymer Tg, is more preferable. In some preferred embodiments, from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between the wet heat whitening resistance and flexibility of the adhesive, 50% by weight or more (e.g., more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight, or more than 85% by weight) and 100% by weight or less of the hydroxyl group-containing monomers used as monomers (Mh) may be 4HBA.
 上記アミド基含有モノマーの例としては、(メタ)アクリルアミド;N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-エチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-モノアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-ビニルホルムアミド、N-ビニルアセトアミド等の、N-ビニルカルボン酸アミド;N-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミド等の、水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-ビニルピロリドン(NVP)、N-ビニルピペリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム、N-ビニル-3-モルホリノン等の、N-ビニル環状アミド;1-(メタ)アクリロイル-2-ピロリドン、1-(メタ)アクリロイルピペリジン-2-オン等の、N-(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する環状アミド;等が挙げられる。アミド基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。モノマー(Mh)として、1種または2種以上のアミド基含有モノマーと、1種または2種以上の他のモノマー(例えば、水酸基含有モノマー)とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。モノマー(Mh)のうちアミド基含有モノマーの占める割合は、例えば10重量%以上、20重量%以上、25重量%以上、33重量%以上、50重量%以上、65重量%以上、80重量%以上または90重量%以上とすることができ、また、100重量%以下、85重量%以下、70重量%以下、55重量%以下、40重量%以下、30重量%以下、25重量%以下、20重量%以下または15重量%以下とすることができる。アミド基含有モノマーの一好適例として、N-ビニル環状アミドが挙げられる。なかでもNVPが好ましい。 Examples of the amide group-containing monomer include (meth)acrylamide; N,N-dialkyl (meth)acrylamides such as N,N-dimethyl (meth)acrylamide and N,N-diethyl (meth)acrylamide; N-monoalkyl (meth)acrylamides such as N-ethyl (meth)acrylamide and N-isopropyl (meth)acrylamide; N-vinyl carboxylic acid amides such as N-vinyl formamide and N-vinyl acetamide; (meth)acrylamides having a hydroxyl group such as N-(2-hydroxyethyl)acrylamide and N-methylolacrylamide; N-vinyl cyclic amides such as N-vinyl pyrrolidone (NVP), N-vinyl piperidone, N-vinyl caprolactam and N-vinyl-3-morpholinone; cyclic amides having an N-(meth)acryloyl group such as 1-(meth)acryloyl-2-pyrrolidone and 1-(meth)acryloyl piperidin-2-one; and the like. The amide group-containing monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the monomer (Mh), one or more amide group-containing monomers may be used in combination with one or more other monomers (e.g., hydroxyl group-containing monomers). The proportion of the amide group-containing monomer in the monomer (Mh) can be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and can be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less. One suitable example of the amide group-containing monomer is N-vinyl cyclic amide. Among them, NVP is preferable.
 なお、アミド基含有モノマーのなかには、例えばN-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アクリルアミドのように水酸基含有モノマーにも該当するものや、例えばN-ビニル環状アミドのように窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーにも該当するものがある。 Some amide group-containing monomers, such as N-(2-hydroxyethyl)acrylamide, are also hydroxyl group-containing monomers, and some, such as N-vinyl cyclic amide, are also monomers that have a nitrogen atom-containing ring.
 上記アミノ基含有モノマーの例としては、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。アミノ基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。モノマー(Mh)として、1種または2種以上のアミノ基含有モノマーと、1種または2種以上の他のモノマーとを組み合わせて使用してもよい。モノマー(Mh)のうちアミノ基含有モノマーの占める割合は、例えば10重量%以上、20重量%以上、25重量%以上、33重量%以上、50重量%以上、65重量%以上、80重量%以上または90重量%以上とすることができ、また、100重量%以下、85重量%以下、70重量%以下、55重量%以下、40重量%以下、30重量%以下、25重量%以下、20重量%以下または15重量%以下とすることができる。 Examples of the amino group-containing monomer include dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and t-butylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate. The amino group-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the monomer (Mh), one or more amino group-containing monomers may be used in combination with one or more other monomers. The proportion of the amino group-containing monomer in the monomer (Mh) may be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and may be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less.
 上記窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーの例としては、ビニルピリジン、ビニルピリミジン、ビニルピラジン、ビニルピロール、ビニルイミダゾール、ビニルイソオキサゾール、(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン、(メタ)アクリロイルピペリジン、(メタ)アクリロイルピロリジン等が挙げられる。窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。モノマー(Mh)として、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーの1種または2種以上と、1種または2種以上の他のモノマーとを組み合わせて使用してもよい。モノマー(Mh)のうち窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーの占める割合は、例えば10重量%以上、20重量%以上、25重量%以上、33重量%以上、50重量%以上、65重量%以上、80重量%以上または90重量%以上とすることができ、また、100重量%以下、85重量%以下、70重量%以下、55重量%以下、40重量%以下、30重量%以下、25重量%以下、20重量%以下または15重量%以下とすることができる。 Examples of the monomer having the nitrogen atom-containing ring include vinylpyridine, vinylpyrimidine, vinylpyrazine, vinylpyrrole, vinylimidazole, vinylisoxazole, (meth)acryloylmorpholine, (meth)acryloylpiperidine, (meth)acryloylpyrrolidine, etc. The monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the monomer (Mh), one or more monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring may be used in combination with one or more other monomers. The proportion of the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring in the monomer (Mh) can be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and can be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less.
 上記(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基含有モノマーにおけるオキシC1-2アルキレン基とは、炭素原子数が1~2のオキシアルキレン基、すなわち-O(CH-基(ここで、qは1または2である。)をいう。また、(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基とは、オキシC1-2アルキレン基およびポリオキシC1-2アルキレン基を包括的に指す意味であり、-(O(CH-基と表すことができる。ここで、上記式におけるqは1または2であり、qが2であること、すなわち-(O(CH-基が(ポリ)オキシエチレン基であることが好ましい。また、上記式におけるrは、例えば1以上または2以上であってよく、また、例えば30以下、20以下、15以下、10以下、5以下または3以下であり得る。(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基含有モノマーの例としては、メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシエトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリオキシエチレン(メタ)アクリレートやエトキシポリオキシエチレン(メタ)アクリレート等のポリオキシエチレン(メタ)アクリレート、が挙げられる。上記ポリオキシエチレン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、上記式におけるrの下限が3以上、4以上または5以上のポリオキシエチレン基を有するものを使用し得る。(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。モノマー(Mh)として、1種または2種以上の(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基含有モノマーと、1種または2種以上の他のモノマーとを組み合わせて使用してもよい。モノマー(Mh)のうち(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基含有モノマーの占める割合は、例えば10重量%以上、20重量%以上、25重量%以上、33重量%以上、50重量%以上、65重量%以上、80重量%以上または90重量%以上とすることができ、また、100重量%以下、85重量%以下、70重量%以下、55重量%以下、40重量%以下、30重量%以下、25重量%以下、20重量%以下または15重量%以下とすることができる。粘着剤の柔軟性の観点から好ましく用いられ得る(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基含有モノマーの例として、メトキシエチルアクリレート(MEA、ホモポリマーのTg:-50℃)、エトキシエトキシエチルアクリレート(別名:エチルカルビトールアクリレート(CBA)、ホモポリマーのTg:-67℃)、等が挙げられる。 The oxy C1-2 alkylene group in the (poly)oxy C1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer refers to an oxyalkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, i.e., an -O( CH2 ) q- group (where q is 1 or 2). The (poly)oxy C1-2 alkylene group refers collectively to an oxy C1-2 alkylene group and a polyoxy C1-2 alkylene group, and can be expressed as an -(O( CH2 ) q ) r- group. Here, q in the above formula is 1 or 2, and it is preferable that q is 2, i.e., the -(O( CH2 ) q ) r- group is a (poly)oxyethylene group. In the above formula, r may be, for example, 1 or more or 2 or more, and may be, for example, 30 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, 5 or less, or 3 or less. Examples of the (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer include polyoxyethylene (meth)acrylates such as methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxypolyoxyethylene (meth)acrylate, and ethoxypolyoxyethylene (meth)acrylate. As the polyoxyethylene (meth)acrylate, for example, one having a polyoxyethylene group with a lower limit of r of 3 or more, 4 or more, or 5 or more in the above formula can be used. The (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer can be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the monomer (Mh), one or two or more (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomers may be used in combination with one or two or more other monomers. The proportion of the (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomer in the monomer (Mh) can be, for example, 10% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more, and can be 100% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less. Examples of (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group-containing monomers that can be preferably used from the viewpoint of flexibility of the adhesive include methoxyethyl acrylate (MEA, homopolymer Tg: -50°C), ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate (also known as ethyl carbitol acrylate (CBA), homopolymer Tg: -67°C), and the like.
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh)の含有量は、他のモノマーの含有量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定され、例えば0.5重量%超または1.0重量%超であってよく、より高い使用効果を得やすくする観点から、2.0重量%超または3.0重量%超であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(Mh)の含有量は、粘着剤が高温高湿条件に曝されることにより白化する現象(湿熱白化)を抑制する観点から、5.0重量%超であることが有利であり、例えば5.5重量%超であってよく、6.0重量%超であってもよく、8.0重量%以上でもよく、10重量%以上でもよく、15重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上でもよい。また、上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(Mh)の含有量は、例えば50重量%以下であってよく、粘着剤の低屈折率化の観点から、40重量%以下であることが有利であり、35重量%以下であることが好ましく、30重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、20重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(Mh)の含有量は、10重量%以下であってもよく、5.0重量%以下、1.0重量%以下または0.5重量%以下であってもよい。モノマー(Mh)を使用しなくてもよい。 The content of the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) is set so that the total content of the other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, more than 0.5% by weight or more than 1.0% by weight. From the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher usage effect, it may be more than 2.0% by weight or more than 3.0% by weight. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (Mh) in the monomer components is advantageously more than 5.0% by weight from the viewpoint of suppressing the phenomenon in which the adhesive whitens due to exposure to high temperature and high humidity conditions (humid heat whitening), and may be, for example, more than 5.5% by weight, more than 6.0% by weight, 8.0% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. The content of the monomer (Mh) in the monomer component may be, for example, 50% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index of the adhesive, it is advantageous to have it be 40% by weight or less, and it is preferably 35% by weight or less, and may be 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (Mh) in the monomer component may be 10% by weight or less, 5.0% by weight or less, 1.0% by weight or less, or 0.5% by weight or less. The monomer (Mh) may not be used.
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における水酸基含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば0.5重量%超または1.0重量%超であってよく、2.0重量%超または3.0重量%超であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記水酸基含有モノマーの含有量は、低屈折率において柔軟性と耐湿熱白化性とを好適に両立する観点から、4.0重量%超または5.0重量%超であることが有利であり、例えば5.5重量%超であってよく、6.0重量%超であってもよく、8.0重量%以上でもよく、10重量%以上でもよく、15重量%以上でもよい。ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における水酸基含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば50重量%以下であってよく、粘着剤の低屈折率化の観点から、40重量%以下または35重量%以下であることが好ましく、30重量%以下、25重量%以下、20重量%以下または15重量%以下であってもよく、10重量%以下、5.0重量%以下、1.0重量%以下または0.5重量%以下であってもよい。水酸基含有モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における水酸基含有モノマーの含有量に関する上記の記載は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における、(ポリ)オキシC1-2アルキレン基を含有するモノマーの含有量にも適用され得る。
The content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, more than 0.5% by weight or more than 1.0% by weight, or more than 2.0% by weight or more than 3.0% by weight. In some embodiments, the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is advantageously more than 4.0% by weight or more than 5.0% by weight from the viewpoint of favorably achieving both flexibility and wet heat whitening resistance at a low refractive index, and may be, for example, more than 5.5% by weight, more than 6.0% by weight, 8.0% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more. The content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 50% by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index of the adhesive, it is preferably 40% by weight or less or 35% by weight or less, and may be 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 15% by weight or less, and may be 10% by weight or less, 5.0% by weight or less, 1.0% by weight or less, or 0.5% by weight or less. The hydroxyl group-containing monomer may not be used.
The above description regarding the content of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) can also be applied to the content of the monomer containing a (poly)oxy C 1-2 alkylene group in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F).
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分におけるアミド基含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば0.5重量%超または1.0重量%超であってよく、より高い使用効果を得やすくする観点から、2.0重量%超または3.0重量%超であってもよく、4.0重量%超、5.0重量%超、5.5重量%超、6.0重量%超または8.0重量%以上でもよい。また、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分におけるアミド基含有モノマーの含有量は、粘着剤の低屈折率化の観点から、40重量%以下または30重量%以下であることが好ましく、粘着剤の柔軟性(特に、低温域における柔軟性)の観点から、20重量%以下であることが適当であり、15重量%以下であることが好ましく、10重量%以下であることがより好ましく、5.0重量%以下、1.0重量%以下または0.5重量%以下であってもよい。アミド基含有モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分におけるアミド基含有モノマーの含有量に関する上記の記載は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーの含有量や、アミノ基含有モノマーの含有量にも適用され得る。
The content of the amide group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, more than 0.5% by weight or more than 1.0% by weight, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher use effect, it may be more than 2.0% by weight or more than 3.0% by weight, more than 4.0% by weight, more than 5.0% by weight, more than 5.5% by weight, more than 6.0% by weight, or more than 8.0% by weight. The content of the amide group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is preferably 40% by weight or less or 30% by weight or less from the viewpoint of lowering the refractive index of the adhesive, and is suitably 20% by weight or less from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly, flexibility in the low temperature range), preferably 15% by weight or less, more preferably 10% by weight or less, and may be 5.0% by weight or less, 1.0% by weight or less, or 0.5% by weight or less. It is not necessary to use an amide group-containing monomer.
The above description regarding the content of the amide group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) can also be applied to the content of the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and the content of the amino group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F).
 ここに開示される技術のいくつかの態様では、モノマー(Mh)の少なくとも一部として、ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度(Tg)が40℃以下(好ましくは25℃以下、より好ましくは0℃以下、より好ましくは-10℃以下、例えば-20℃以下、-25℃以下または-30℃以下)である親水性モノマー(以下、「低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)」または「モノマー(Mh)」ともいう。)を使用する。低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)の使用により、貯蔵弾性率G’の上昇を抑制しつつ、親水性モノマー(Mh)の使用による効果を享受することができる。モノマー(Mh)のホモポリマーのTgの下限は特に制限されない。モノマー(Mh)のホモポリマーのTgは、例えば-80℃以上、-70℃以上、-60℃以上または-50℃以上であり得る。モノマー(Mh)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some embodiments of the technology disclosed herein, a hydrophilic monomer having a homopolymer glass transition temperature (Tg) of 40° C. or less (preferably 25° C. or less, more preferably 0° C. or less, more preferably −10° C. or less, for example −20° C. or less, −25° C. or less, or −30° C. or less) (hereinafter also referred to as “low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L )” or “monomer (Mh L )”) is used as at least a part of the monomer (Mh). By using the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ), it is possible to enjoy the effects of using the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) while suppressing an increase in the storage modulus G′. The lower limit of the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer (Mh L ) is not particularly limited. The Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer (Mh L ) can be, for example, −80° C. or more, −70° C. or more, −60° C. or more, or −50° C. or more. The monomer (Mh L ) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 モノマー(Mh)としては、ここに開示される酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh)の概念に包含される化合物(例えば、上記で例示したモノマー(Mh))のなかから、該当するTgを有するものを適宜採用することができる。モノマー(Mh)として使用し得る酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh)の例として、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、メトキシエチルアクリレート、エトキシエトキシエチルアクリレート等が挙げられる。 As the monomer (Mh L ), a compound having a corresponding Tg can be appropriately selected from among the compounds encompassed by the concept of the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) disclosed herein (for example, the monomers (Mh) exemplified above). Examples of the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) that can be used as the monomer (Mh L ) include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, methoxyethyl acrylate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate, etc.
 モノマー(Mh)のうち低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)の占める割合は、特に制限されない。モノマー(Mh)の使用効果を高める観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー(Mh)のうちモノマー(Mh)の占める割合は、例えば5重量%以上であることが適当であり、10重量%以上であることが有利であり、20重量%以上であることが好ましく、25重量%以上でもよく、33重量%以上でもよく、50重量%以上、65重量%以上、80重量%以上または90重量%以上でもよい。上記割合は100重量%であってもよい。すなわち、モノマー(Mh)として1種または2種以上の低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)のみを使用してもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、モノマー(Mh)のうちモノマー(Mh)の占める割合は、例えば90重量%以下であってよく、75重量%以下であってもよく、50重量%以下、30重量%以下、20重量%以下または10重量%以下であってもよい。 The ratio of the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer (Mh) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of enhancing the effect of using the monomer (Mh L ), in some embodiments, the ratio of the monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer (Mh) is, for example, suitably 5% by weight or more, advantageously 10% by weight or more, preferably 20% by weight or more, may be 25% by weight or more, may be 33% by weight or more, 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more. The above ratio may be 100% by weight. That is, only one or two or more low Tg hydrophilic monomers (Mh L ) may be used as the monomer (Mh). In addition, in some embodiments, the ratio of the monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer (Mh) may be, for example, 90% by weight or less, 75% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less.
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)の含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば0.5重量%超であってよく、1.0重量%超であってもよく、2.0重量%超、3.0重量%超または4.0重量%超であってもよい。モノマー(Mh)の使用効果を高める観点から、いくつかの態様において、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(Mh)の含有量は、例えば5.0重量%超であってよく、5.5重量%超であってもよく、6.0重量%超であってもよく、8.0重量%以上でもよく、10重量%以上でもよく、15重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上でもよい。また、上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(Mh)の含有量の上限は、他のモノマーの含有量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定され、例えば50重量%以下であってよく、粘着剤の低屈折率化の観点から、40重量%以下であることが有利であり、35重量%以下であることが好ましく、30重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、20重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよく、10重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよい。 The content of the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0.5 wt%, more than 1.0 wt%, more than 2.0 wt%, more than 3.0 wt%, or more than 4.0 wt%. From the viewpoint of enhancing the effect of using the monomer (Mh L ), in some embodiments, the content of the monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, more than 5.0 wt%, more than 5.5 wt%, more than 6.0 wt%, 8.0 wt% or more, 10 wt% or more, 15 wt% or more, 20 wt% or more, or 25 wt% or more. In addition, the upper limit of the content of the monomer (Mh L ) in the above monomer component is set so that the total with the contents of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, 50% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index of the adhesive, it is advantageous to have it be 40% by weight or less, and it is preferably 35% by weight or less, or it may be 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less.
 いくつかの態様では、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分に含まれる酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh)は、該モノマー(Mh)の組成に基づくガラス転移温度Tgが100℃以下であることが有利であり、80℃以下であることが好ましく、60℃以下であることがより好ましい。Tgが上記温度以下となるようにモノマー(Mh)を使用することにより、貯蔵弾性率G’の上昇を抑制しつつ、親水性モノマー(Mh)の使用による効果を享受することができる。より柔軟性を重視するいくつかの態様において、Tgは、50℃以下であることが適当であり、40℃以下であることが有利であり、30℃以下または15℃以下であることが好ましく、0℃以下でもよく、-10℃以下でもよく、-20℃以下でもよく、-25℃以下でもよく、-30℃以下でもよい。Tgの下限は特に制限されず、例えば-80℃以上、-70℃以上、-60℃以上または-50℃以上であり得る。 In some embodiments, the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) contained in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) advantageously has a glass transition temperature Tg h based on the composition of the monomer (Mh) of 100° C. or less, preferably 80° C. or less, and more preferably 60° C. or less. By using the monomer (Mh) so that Tg h is equal to or less than the above temperature, it is possible to enjoy the effects of using the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) while suppressing an increase in the storage modulus G'. In some embodiments where flexibility is more important, Tg h is suitably 50° C. or less, advantageously 40° C. or less, preferably 30° C. or less or 15° C. or less, and may be 0° C. or less, -10° C. or less, -20° C. or less, -25° C. or less, or -30° C. or less. The lower limit of Tg h is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, -80° C. or more, -70° C. or more, -60° C. or more, or -50° C. or more.
 ここで、モノマー(Mh)の組成に基づくガラス転移温度Tgとは、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分のうち酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh)のみの組成に基づいて、Foxの式により求められるガラス転移温度をいう。Foxの式とは、以下に示すように、共重合体のTgと、該共重合体を構成するモノマーのそれぞれを単独重合したホモポリマーのガラス転移温度Tgiとの関係式である。
   1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
 上記Foxの式において、Tgは共重合体のガラス転移温度(単位:K)、Wiは該共重合体におけるモノマーiの重量分率(重量基準の共重合割合)、Tgiはモノマーiのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度(単位:K)を表す。Tgの算出に使用するホモポリマーのガラス転移温度としては、「Polymer Handbook」(第3版、John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989年)やメーカーのカタログ等の公知資料に記載の値を用いるものとする。上記Polymer Handbookに複数種類の値が記載されているモノマーについては、最も高い値を採用する。公知資料にホモポリマーのTgが記載されていない場合は、日本国特許出願公開2007-51271号公報に記載の測定方法により得られる値を用いるものとする。
Here, the glass transition temperature Tgh based on the composition of the monomer (Mh) refers to the glass transition temperature calculated by the Fox formula based on the composition of only the acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh) among the monomer components constituting the polymer (F). The Fox formula, as shown below, is a relational expression between the Tg of a copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of a homopolymer obtained by homopolymerizing each of the monomers constituting the copolymer.
1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
In the above Fox formula, Tg represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the copolymer, Wi represents the weight fraction (copolymerization ratio by weight) of monomer i in the copolymer, and Tgi represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the homopolymer of monomer i. The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used to calculate Tg is the value described in publicly available documents such as "Polymer Handbook" (3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) and manufacturer catalogs. For monomers for which multiple values are described in the Polymer Handbook, the highest value is adopted. If the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in publicly available documents, the value obtained by the measurement method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271 is used.
 上記ガラス転移温度Tgは、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分のうちモノマー(Mh)のみを対象として上記Foxの式を適用し、モノマー(Mh)として用いられる各酸フリー親水性モノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度と、モノマー(Mh)の合計量に占める各酸フリー親水性モノマーの重量分率とから算出することができる。モノマー(Mh)として1種類の酸フリー親水性モノマーのみを使用する態様では、該モノマーのホモポリマーのTgとガラス転移温度Tgとは一致する。 The glass transition temperature Tgh can be calculated from the glass transition temperature of a homopolymer of each acid-free hydrophilic monomer used as the monomer (Mh) and the weight fraction of each acid-free hydrophilic monomer in the total amount of the monomer (Mh) by applying the Fox formula to only the monomer (Mh) among the monomer components constituting the polymer (F). In an embodiment in which only one type of acid-free hydrophilic monomer is used as the monomer (Mh), the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer and the glass transition temperature Tgh are the same.
 (C4-18鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレート)
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーおよび酸フリー親水性モノマー(Mh)に加えて、下記式(1):
 CH=CRCOOR     (1);
で表されるモノマー(M1)をさらに含んでいてもよい。上記式(1)において、Rは水素原子またはメチル基であり、Rは炭素原子数4~18の(以下、このような炭素原子数の範囲を「C4-18」と表すことがある。)鎖状アルキル基である。上記式(1)で表されるモノマー(M1)は、C4-18鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートと言い換えることができる。モノマー(M1)は、粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’の調節や、伸び性の向上に役立ち得る。モノマー(M1)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
( C4-18 Chain Alkyl (Meth)acrylate)
The monomer components constituting the polymer (F) include a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer, an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh), and a monomer represented by the following formula (1):
CH2 = CR1COOR2 ( 1 );
In the above formula (1), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 is a linear alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms (hereinafter, this range of carbon atoms may be expressed as "C 4-18 "). The monomer (M1) represented by the above formula (1) can be rephrased as a C 4-18 linear alkyl (meth)acrylate. The monomer (M1) can be useful for adjusting the storage modulus G' of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improving the elongation. The monomer (M1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
 C4-18鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの具体例としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、s-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘプチル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、ノニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソノニル(メタ)アクリレート、デシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ウンデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、トリデシル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘプタデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソステアリル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of C4-18 chain alkyl (meth)acrylates include n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, s-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, and nonyl (meth)acrylate. acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate, pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, and the like, but are not limited to these.
 いくつかの態様において、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、上記モノマー(M1)として、粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率等の観点から、上記式(1)におけるRがC4-12の鎖状アルキル基であるアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、すなわちC4-12鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを含むことが有利であり、粘着剤の低温特性等の観点から、C4-10鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを含むことが好ましく、C4-10鎖状アルキルアクリレート(例えば、C5-9鎖状アルキルアクリレート)を含むことがより好ましい。C4-12鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの具体例としては、n-ブチルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート、n-ヘプチルアクリレート、n-オクチルアクリレート、イソオクチルアクリレート、イソノニルアクリレート、イソデシルアクリレート、ラウリルアクリレート、ラウリルメタクリレート等が挙げられる。これらは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) advantageously contains, as the monomer (M1), an alkyl (meth)acrylate in which R 2 in the above formula (1) is a C 4-12 chain alkyl group, i.e., a C 4-12 chain alkyl (meth)acrylate, from the viewpoint of the storage modulus of the adhesive, and preferably contains a C 4-10 chain alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably a C 4-10 chain alkyl acrylate (e.g., a C 5-9 chain alkyl acrylate), from the viewpoint of the low temperature properties of the adhesive. Specific examples of C 4-12 chain alkyl (meth)acrylate include n-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, n-heptyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, etc. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分がモノマー(M1)を含む態様において、該モノマー成分におけるモノマー(M1)の含有量は、その使用効果が適切に発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、モノマー(M1)の含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、5重量%以上でもよく、8重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(M1)の含有量は、10重量%以上でもよく、15重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよく、30重量%以上でもよく、35重量%以上でもよく、40重量%以上でもよく、45重量%以上でもよい。モノマー成分におけるモノマー(M1)の含有量の上限は、他のモノマーの含有量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定され、例えば80重量%未満であり得る。低屈折率化と他の特性とのバランスをとりやすくする観点から、いくつかの態様において、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(M1)の含有量は、75重量%以下であることが適当であり、65重量%以下でもよく、55重量%以下でもよく、50重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、上記モノマー(M1)の含有量が45重量%以下、35重量%以下、30重量%以下、25重量%以下、10重量%以下、5重量%以下または0重量%である態様でも実施することができる。 In an embodiment in which the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) contains the monomer (M1), the content of the monomer (M1) in the monomer component can be set so that the effect of use is appropriately exhibited. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (M1) may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (M1) may be 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, or 45% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (M1) in the monomer component is set so that the total with the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, less than 80% by weight. From the viewpoint of easily balancing the low refractive index and other properties, in some embodiments, the content of the monomer (M1) in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is suitably 75% by weight or less, may be 65% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, or may be 50% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be implemented in embodiments in which the content of the monomer (M1) is 45% by weight or less, 35% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or 0% by weight.
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー(M1)の少なくとも一部として、ホモポリマーのTgが0℃以下(より好ましくは-10℃以下、さらに好ましくは-25℃以下、例えば-35℃以下、-45℃以下、-50℃以下、-55℃以下または-60℃以下)である鎖状C4-18鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレート)を好ましく採用し得る。このような低Tgのアルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、粘着剤の柔軟性の向上に役立ち得る。上記アルキル(メタ)アクリレートのTgの下限は特に制限されず、例えば-85℃以上であってよく、-80℃以上でもよく、-75℃以上でもよい。上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの具体例には、n-ブチルアクリレート(BA)、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)、ヘキシルアクリレート(HxA)、n-オクチルアクリレート(NOAA)、イソノニルアクリレート、イソデシルアクリレート、ラウリルアクリレート、ラウリルメタクリレート、イソステアリルアクリレート等が挙げられる。低温域における柔軟性の観点から、C4-10鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、C4-10鎖状アルキルアクリレート(例えば、C5-9鎖状アルキルアクリレート)がより好ましい。 In some embodiments, as at least a part of the monomer (M1), a linear C4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate ( low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate) having a homopolymer Tg of 0°C or less (more preferably -10°C or less, even more preferably -25°C or less, for example -35°C or less, -45°C or less, -50°C or less, -55°C or less, or -60°C or less) may be preferably used. Such a low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate may be useful for improving the flexibility of the adhesive. The lower limit of the Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, -85°C or more, -80°C or more, or -75°C or more. Specific examples of the low Tg alkyl(meth)acrylate include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), hexyl acrylate (HxA), n-octyl acrylate (NOAA), isononyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, isostearyl acrylate, etc. From the viewpoint of flexibility in the low temperature range, C4-10 chain alkyl(meth)acrylate is preferred, and C4-10 chain alkyl acrylate (for example, C5-9 chain alkyl acrylate) is more preferred.
 モノマー(M1)のうち上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの占める割合は、特に制限されない。上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの使用効果を高める観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー(M1)のうち上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの占める割合は、例えば5重量%以上であることが適当であり、10重量%以上であることが有利であり、20重量%以上であることが好ましく、25重量%以上でもよく、33重量%以上でもよく、50重量%以上、65重量%以上、80重量%以上または90重量%以上でもよい。上記割合は100重量%であってもよい。すなわち、モノマー(M1)として1種または2種以上の低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートのみを使用してもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、モノマー(M1)のうち上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの占める割合は、例えば90重量%以下であってよく、75重量%以下であってもよく、50重量%以下、30重量%以下、20重量%以下または10重量%以下であってもよい。 The proportion of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer (M1) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of enhancing the effect of using the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate, in some embodiments, the proportion of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer (M1) is, for example, suitably 5% by weight or more, advantageously 10% by weight or more, preferably 20% by weight or more, may be 25% by weight or more, may be 33% by weight or more, may be 50% by weight or more, 65% by weight or more, 80% by weight or more, or may be 90% by weight or more. The above proportion may be 100% by weight. That is, only one or more kinds of low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate may be used as the monomer (M1). In addition, in some embodiments, the proportion of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer (M1) may be, for example, 90% by weight or less, 75% by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less.
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、5重量%以上でもよく、8重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、10重量%以上でもよく、15重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよく、30重量%以上でもよく、35重量%以上でもよく、40重量%以上でもよく、45重量%以上でもよい。モノマー成分における上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量の上限は、他のモノマーの含有量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定され、例えば80重量%未満であり得る。低屈折率化と他の特性とのバランスをとりやすくする観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、75重量%以下であることが適当であり、65重量%以下でもよく、55重量%以下でもよく、50重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量が45重量%以下、35重量%以下、30重量%以下、25重量%以下、10重量%以下、5重量%以下または0重量%である態様でも実施することができる。 The content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, 20% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, 40% by weight or more, or 45% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component is set so that the total with the content of other monomers does not exceed 100% by weight, and may be, for example, less than 80% by weight. From the viewpoint of easily balancing the low refractive index with other properties, in some embodiments, the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate is suitably 75% by weight or less, and may be 65% by weight or less, 55% by weight or less, or 50% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be implemented in an embodiment in which the content of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) is 45% by weight or less, 35% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or 0% by weight.
 (その他モノマー)
 ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、上述したフッ素含有アクリル系モノマー、モノマー(Mh)およびモノマー(M1)以外のモノマー(以下、「その他モノマー」ともいう。)を、必要に応じて含有してもよい。
(Other Monomers)
The monomer component constituting the polymer (F) may contain monomers (hereinafter also referred to as "other monomers") other than the above-mentioned fluorine-containing acrylic monomer, monomer (Mh) and monomer (M1) as necessary.
 上記その他モノマーの例としては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート等の、C1-3アルキル(メタ)アクリレート;ノナデシル(メタ)アクリレート、エイコシル(メタ)アクリレート等の、鎖状アルキル基の炭素原子数が19以上(例えば19~24程度)である鎖状アルキル(メタ)アクリレート;シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート等の、非芳香族性環含有モノマー;スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン等の、芳香環含有モノマー;酢酸ビニル等のビニルエステル系モノマー;エチレン、ブタジエン、イソブチレン等のオレフィン系モノマー;塩化ビニル等の塩素含有モノマー;メチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル系モノマー;アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等の、シアノ基含有モノマー;酸性官能基含有モノマー;等が挙げられる。 Examples of the other monomers include C 1-3 alkyl (meth)acrylates such as methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate; chain alkyl (meth)acrylates in which the chain alkyl group has 19 or more carbon atoms (for example, about 19 to 24 carbon atoms), such as nonadecyl (meth)acrylate and eicosyl (meth)acrylate; non-aromatic ring-containing monomers such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and isobornyl (meth)acrylate; aromatic ring-containing monomers such as styrene, α-methylstyrene and vinyl toluene; vinyl ester monomers such as vinyl acetate; olefin monomers such as ethylene, butadiene and isobutylene; chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; vinyl ether monomers such as methyl vinyl ether; cyano group-containing monomers such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile; and acidic functional group-containing monomers.
 上記その他モノマーを使用する場合、その使用量は特に制限されず、モノマー成分の合計量が100重量%を超えない範囲で適宜設定し得る。いくつかの態様において、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における上記その他モノマーの含有量は、例えば凡そ35重量%以下とすることができ、凡そ25重量%以下(例えば0~25重量%)とすることが適当であり、凡そ20重量%以下(例えば0~20重量%)でもよく、凡そ10重量%以下でもよく、凡そ5重量%以下でもよく、例えば凡そ1重量%以下でもよく、0.5重量%以下、0.3重量%以下、0.1重量%以下または0.05重量%以下であってもよい。上記その他モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。 When the other monomers are used, the amount used is not particularly limited and can be appropriately set within a range in which the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight. In some embodiments, the content of the other monomers in the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) can be, for example, about 35% by weight or less, and it is appropriate to set it to about 25% by weight or less (e.g., 0 to 25% by weight), and it may be about 20% by weight or less (e.g., 0 to 20% by weight), about 10% by weight or less, about 5% by weight or less, for example, about 1% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, or 0.05% by weight or less. The other monomers may not be used.
 上記その他モノマーとして酸性官能基含有モノマーを使用する場合、該酸性官能基含有モノマーは、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシエチル、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルコハク酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸等の、カルボキシ基含有モノマー;スルホン酸基含有モノマー;リン酸基含有モノマー;から選択される1種または2種以上であり得る。酸性官能基含有モノマーを使用する場合、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における酸性官能基含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば0.01重量%以上であり得る。モノマー成分におけるカルボキシ基含有モノマーの含有量の上限は、他のモノマーの使用量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定される。いくつかの態様において、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における酸性官能基含有モノマーの含有量は、7.0重量%未満であることが適当であり、好ましくは5.0重量%未満、より好ましくは3.0重量%未満であり、2.0重量%未満であってもよく、1.0重量%未満であってもよく、0.5重量%未満であってもよく、0.3重量%未満または0.1重量%未満または0.05重量%未満であってもよい。このように酸性官能基含有モノマー(例えば、カルボキシ基含有モノマー)の含有量が制限されていることは、粘着剤の着色または変色(例えば黄変)を抑制する観点から好ましく、粘着剤の柔軟性(特に、低温域における柔軟性)向上の観点からも有利である。また、酸性官能基含有モノマーの含有量が制限されていることは、ここに開示される粘着剤に接触または近接して配置され得る金属材料(例えば、被着体上に存在し得る金属配線や金属膜等)の腐食を抑制する観点からも好ましい。ここに開示される技術は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分が酸性官能基含有モノマーを含有しない態様(すなわち、ポリマー(F)が酸フリーである態様)で好ましく実施され得る。 When an acidic functional group-containing monomer is used as the other monomer, the acidic functional group-containing monomer may be one or more selected from carboxy group-containing monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate carboxyethyl, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl succinic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, etc.; sulfonic acid group-containing monomers; and phosphoric acid group-containing monomers. When an acidic functional group-containing monomer is used, the content of the acidic functional group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting polymer (F) may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the carboxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component is set so that the total amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer and the amount of the other monomers used does not exceed 100% by weight. In some embodiments, the content of the acidic functional group-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) is suitably less than 7.0 wt%, preferably less than 5.0 wt%, more preferably less than 3.0 wt%, and may be less than 2.0 wt%, less than 1.0 wt%, less than 0.5 wt%, less than 0.3 wt%, less than 0.1 wt%, or less than 0.05 wt%. The content of the acidic functional group-containing monomer (e.g., carboxyl group-containing monomer) is limited in this manner, which is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring or discoloration (e.g., yellowing) of the adhesive, and is also advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the flexibility of the adhesive (particularly, flexibility in the low temperature range). In addition, the content of the acidic functional group-containing monomer is limited, which is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing corrosion of metal materials (e.g., metal wiring, metal films, etc. that may be present on the adherend) that may be placed in contact with or in close proximity to the adhesive disclosed herein. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which the monomer component constituting the polymer (F) does not contain an acidic functional group-containing monomer (i.e., an embodiment in which the polymer (F) is acid-free).
<粘着剤組成物>
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、上述のような組成のモノマー成分を、重合物、未重合物(すなわち、重合性官能基が未反応である形態)、あるいはこれらの混合物の形態で含む粘着剤組成物を用いて形成され得る。上記粘着剤組成物は、有機溶媒中に粘着剤(粘着成分)を含む形態の組成物(溶剤型粘着剤組成物)、粘着剤が水性溶媒に分散した形態の組成物(水分散型粘着剤組成物)、紫外線や放射線等の活性エネルギー線により硬化して粘着剤を形成するように調製された組成物(活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物)、加熱溶融状態で塗工され、室温付近まで冷えると粘着剤を形成するホットメルト型粘着剤組成物等の、種々の形態であり得る。
<Adhesive Composition>
The adhesive disclosed herein can be formed using an adhesive composition containing the monomer components of the above-mentioned composition in the form of a polymer, an unpolymerized product (i.e., a form in which the polymerizable functional group is unreacted), or a mixture thereof. The adhesive composition can be in various forms, such as a composition containing an adhesive (adhesive component) in an organic solvent (solvent-type adhesive composition), a composition in which an adhesive is dispersed in an aqueous solvent (water-dispersed adhesive composition), a composition prepared to be cured by active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or radiation to form an adhesive (active energy ray-curable adhesive composition), or a hot melt-type adhesive composition that is applied in a heated and molten state and forms an adhesive when cooled to around room temperature.
 ここで、本明細書において「活性エネルギー線」とは、重合反応、架橋反応、開始剤の分解等の化学反応を引き起こし得るエネルギーをもったエネルギー線を指す。ここでいう活性エネルギー線の例には、紫外線、可視光線、赤外線のような光や、α線、β線、γ線、電子線、中性子線、X線のような放射線等が含まれる。 In this specification, "active energy rays" refers to energy rays that have the energy to cause chemical reactions such as polymerization reactions, crosslinking reactions, and decomposition of initiators. Examples of active energy rays include light such as ultraviolet rays, visible light, and infrared rays, as well as radiation such as alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, electron beams, neutron beams, and X-rays.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記粘着剤組成物は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分のうち少なくとも一部(モノマーの種類の一部であってもよく、分量の一部であってもよい。)を重合物の形態で含む。上記重合物を形成する際の重合方法は特に限定されず、従来公知の各種重合方法を適宜採用することができる。例えば、溶液重合、エマルション重合、塊状重合等の熱重合(典型的には、熱重合開始剤の存在下で行われる。);紫外線等の光を照射して行う光重合(典型的には、光重合開始剤の存在下で行われる。);β線、γ線等の放射線を照射して行う放射線重合;等を適宜採用することができる。なかでも光重合が好ましい。これらの重合方法において、重合の態様は特に限定されず、従来公知のモノマー供給方法、重合条件(温度、時間、圧力、光照射量、放射線照射量等)、モノマー以外の使用材料(重合開始剤、界面活性剤等)等を適宜選択して行うことができる。 In some preferred embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains at least a part of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) (which may be a part of the type of monomer or a part of the amount) in the form of a polymer. The polymerization method for forming the polymer is not particularly limited, and various conventionally known polymerization methods can be appropriately adopted. For example, thermal polymerization such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, and bulk polymerization (typically performed in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator); photopolymerization performed by irradiating with light such as ultraviolet rays (typically performed in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator); radiation polymerization performed by irradiating with radiation such as β rays and γ rays; and the like can be appropriately adopted. Among these, photopolymerization is preferable. In these polymerization methods, the mode of polymerization is not particularly limited, and the polymerization can be performed by appropriately selecting a conventionally known monomer supply method, polymerization conditions (temperature, time, pressure, light exposure amount, radiation exposure amount, etc.), and materials used other than the monomer (polymerization initiator, surfactant, etc.).
 重合にあたっては、重合方法や重合態様等に応じて、公知または慣用の光重合開始剤や熱重合開始剤を使用し得る。このような重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 For polymerization, a known or commonly used photopolymerization initiator or thermal polymerization initiator may be used depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc. Such polymerization initiators may be used alone or in appropriate combination of two or more types.
 光重合開始剤としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えばケタール系光重合開始剤、アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤、ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤、α-ケトール系光重合開始剤、芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤、光活性オキシム系光重合開始剤、ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤、ベンジル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤、チオキサントン系光重合開始剤等を用いることができる。 The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but examples that can be used include ketal-based photopolymerization initiators, acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, α-ketol-based photopolymerization initiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiators, photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators, benzyl-based photopolymerization initiators, benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, and thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiators.
 ケタール系光重合開始剤の具体例には、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン(例えば、IGM Resins社製の商品名「オムニラッド(Omnirad)651」)等が含まれる。
 アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤の具体例には、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシル-フェニル-ケトン(例えば、IGM Resins製の商品名「オムニラッド184」)、4-フェノキシジクロロアセトフェノン、4-t-ブチル-ジクロロアセトフェノン、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)-フェニル]-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-プロパン-1-オン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、メトキシアセトフェノン等が含まれる。
 ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤の具体例には、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテルおよびアニソールメチルエーテル等の置換ベンゾインエーテルが含まれる。
 アシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤の具体例には、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルホスフィンオキシド、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-2,4-ジ-n-ブトキシフェニルホスフィンオキシド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキシド、ビス(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチルペンチルホスフィンオキシド等が含まれる。
 α-ケトール系光重合開始剤の具体例には、2-メチル-2-ヒドロキシプロピオフェノン、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)フェニル]-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン等が含まれる。芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤の具体例には、2-ナフタレンスルホニルクロライド等が含まれる。光活性オキシム系光重合開始剤の具体例には、1-フェニル-1,1-プロパンジオン-2-(o-エトキシカルボニル)-オキシム等が含まれる。ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤の具体例にはベンゾイン等が含まれる。ベンジル系光重合開始剤の具体例にはベンジル等が含まれる。
 ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤の具体例には、ベンゾフェノン、ベンゾイル安息香酸、3,3’-ジメチル-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、ポリビニルベンゾフェノン、α-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等が含まれる。
 チオキサントン系光重合開始剤の具体例には、チオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジクロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン、ドデシルチオキサントン等が含まれる。
Specific examples of ketal-based photopolymerization initiators include 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one (eg, Omnirad 651, a product name of IGM Resins).
Specific examples of acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators include 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (e.g., trade name "Omnirad 184" manufactured by IGM Resins), 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyl-dichloroacetophenone, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, methoxyacetophenone, and the like.
Specific examples of the benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiator include benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin propyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, and benzoin isobutyl ether, and substituted benzoin ethers such as anisole methyl ether.
Specific examples of the acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization initiator include bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-2,4-di-n-butoxyphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-2,4,4-trimethylpentylphosphine oxide, and the like.
Specific examples of α-ketol-based photopolymerization initiators include 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropiophenone, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2-methylpropan-1-one, etc. Specific examples of aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiators include 2-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride, etc. Specific examples of photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiators include 1-phenyl-1,1-propanedione-2-(o-ethoxycarbonyl)-oxime, etc. Specific examples of benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators include benzoin, etc. Specific examples of benzyl-based photopolymerization initiators include benzyl, etc.
Specific examples of the benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator include benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, polyvinylbenzophenone, α-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, and the like.
Specific examples of the thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiator include thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, dodecylthioxanthone, and the like.
 熱重合開始剤としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えばアゾ系重合開始剤、過酸化物系開始剤、過酸化物と還元剤との組合せによるレドックス系開始剤、置換エタン系開始剤等を使用することができる。より具体的には、例えば2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオンアミジン)二硫酸塩、2,2’-アゾビス(2-アミジノプロパン)ジヒドロクロライド、2,2’-アゾビス[2-(5-メチル-2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]ジヒドロクロライド、2,2’-アゾビス(N,N’-ジメチレンイソブチルアミジン)、2,2’-アゾビス[N-(2-カルボキシエチル)-2-メチルプロピオンアミジン]ハイドレート等のアゾ系開始剤;例えば過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸アンモニウム等の過硫酸塩;ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルハイドロパーオキサイド、過酸化水素等の過酸化物系開始剤;例えばフェニル置換エタン等の置換エタン系開始剤;例えば過硫酸塩と亜硫酸水素ナトリウムとの組合せ、過酸化物とアスコルビン酸ナトリウムとの組合せ等のレドックス系開始剤;等が例示されるが、これらに限定されない。熱重合は、例えば20~100℃(典型的には40~80℃)程度の温度で好ましく実施され得る。 Thermal polymerization initiators are not particularly limited, but examples of initiators that can be used include azo-based polymerization initiators, peroxide-based initiators, redox-based initiators that are a combination of peroxides and reducing agents, and substituted ethane-based initiators. More specifically, examples of initiators that can be used include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane] dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(N,N'-dimethyleneisobutylamidine), 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methyl Examples include, but are not limited to, azo-based initiators such as propionamidine hydrate; persulfates such as potassium persulfate and ammonium persulfate; peroxide-based initiators such as benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; redox-based initiators such as a combination of a persulfate and sodium hydrogen sulfite, or a combination of a peroxide and sodium ascorbate; and the like. Thermal polymerization can be preferably carried out at a temperature of, for example, about 20 to 100°C (typically 40 to 80°C).
 このような熱重合開始剤または光重合開始剤の使用量は、重合方法や重合態様等に応じた通常の使用量とすることができ、特に限定されない。例えば、重合対象のモノマー100重量部に対して重合開始剤凡そ0.001~5重量部(典型的には凡そ0.01~2重量部、例えば凡そ0.01~1重量部)を用いることができる。 The amount of such a thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator used can be a normal amount depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc., and is not particularly limited. For example, about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight (typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, for example about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) of polymerization initiator can be used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer to be polymerized.
 (モノマー成分の重合物と未重合物とを含む粘着剤組成物)
 いくつかの態様に係る粘着剤組成物は、モノマー成分(原料モノマー)の少なくとも一部を含むモノマー混合物の重合反応物を含む。典型的には、上記モノマー成分の一部を重合物の形態で含み、残部を未重合物(未反応のモノマー)の形態で含む。モノマー成分の重合物と未重合物とを含む粘着剤組成物は、例えば、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物として好ましく用いられ得る。上記モノマー混合物の重合反応物は、該モノマー混合物を少なくとも部分的に重合させることにより調製することができる。
 上記重合反応物は、好ましくは上記モノマー混合物の部分重合物である。このような部分重合物は、上記モノマー混合物に由来する重合物と未反応のモノマーとの混合物であって、典型的にはシロップ状(粘性のある液状)を呈する。以下、かかる性状の部分重合物を「モノマーシロップ」または単に「シロップ」ということがある。
(Adhesive composition containing polymerized and unpolymerized monomer components)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to some embodiments includes a polymerization reaction product of a monomer mixture containing at least a part of a monomer component (raw material monomer). Typically, the monomer component is included in the form of a polymer, and the remaining part is included in the form of an unpolymerized product (unreacted monomer). The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition including the polymerized product and the unpolymerized product of the monomer component can be preferably used as, for example, an active energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. The polymerization reaction product of the monomer mixture can be prepared by at least partially polymerizing the monomer mixture.
The polymerization reaction product is preferably a partial polymer of the monomer mixture. Such a partial polymer is a mixture of a polymer derived from the monomer mixture and an unreacted monomer, and typically has a syrup-like appearance (viscous liquid). Hereinafter, a partial polymer having such properties may be referred to as a "monomer syrup" or simply as a "syrup."
 上記重合反応物を得る際の重合方法は特に制限されず、上述のような各種重合方法を適宜選択して用いることができる。効率や簡便性の観点から、光重合法を好ましく採用し得る。光重合によると、光の照射量(光量)等の重合条件によって、上記モノマー混合物の重合転化率を容易に制御することができる。 The polymerization method for obtaining the above-mentioned polymerization reaction product is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods as described above can be appropriately selected and used. From the viewpoints of efficiency and simplicity, a photopolymerization method can be preferably used. With photopolymerization, the polymerization conversion rate of the above-mentioned monomer mixture can be easily controlled by the polymerization conditions such as the amount of light irradiation (light amount).
 上記部分重合物におけるモノマー混合物の重合転化率(モノマーコンバーション)は、特に限定されない。上記重合転化率は、例えば凡そ70重量%以下とすることができ、凡そ60重量%以下とすることが好ましい。上記部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や塗工性等の観点から、通常、上記重合転化率は、凡そ50重量%以下が適当であり、凡そ40重量%以下(例えば凡そ35重量%以下)が好ましい。重合転化率の下限は特に制限されないが、典型的には凡そ1重量%以上であり、通常は凡そ5重量%以上とすることが適当である。 The polymerization conversion rate (monomer conversion) of the monomer mixture in the partial polymer is not particularly limited. The polymerization conversion rate can be, for example, about 70% by weight or less, and is preferably about 60% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation and coatability of the adhesive composition containing the partial polymer, the polymerization conversion rate is usually appropriately about 50% by weight or less, and preferably about 40% by weight or less (for example, about 35% by weight or less). The lower limit of the polymerization conversion rate is not particularly limited, but is typically about 1% by weight or more, and usually about 5% by weight or more is appropriate.
 上記モノマー混合物の部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物は、例えば、原料モノマーの全部を含むモノマー混合物を適当な重合方法(例えば光重合法)により部分重合させることにより得ることができる。上記部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物は、必要に応じて用いられる他の成分(例えば、光重合開始剤、架橋剤(多官能性モノマーであり得る。)など)が配合され得る。そのような他の成分を配合する方法は特に限定されず、例えば上記モノマー混合物にあらかじめ含有させてもよく、上記部分重合物に添加してもよい。 The adhesive composition containing the partial polymer of the monomer mixture can be obtained, for example, by partially polymerizing the monomer mixture containing all of the raw material monomers by an appropriate polymerization method (for example, photopolymerization method). The adhesive composition containing the partial polymer can be blended with other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a crosslinking agent (which may be a polyfunctional monomer), etc.) that are used as needed. There are no particular limitations on the method of blending such other components, and for example, they may be contained in the monomer mixture in advance, or they may be added to the partial polymer.
 ここに開示される粘着剤組成物は、モノマー成分(原料モノマー)のうち一部の種類のモノマーを含むモノマー混合物の部分重合物または完全重合物が、残りの種類のモノマーまたはその部分重合物に溶解した形態であってもよい。このような形態の粘着剤組成物も、モノマー成分の重合物と未重合物とを含む粘着剤組成物の例に含まれる。なお、本明細書において「完全重合物」とは、重合転化率が95重量%超であることをいう。 The adhesive composition disclosed herein may be in a form in which a partial polymer or a complete polymer of a monomer mixture containing some types of monomers among the monomer components (raw material monomers) is dissolved in the remaining types of monomers or their partial polymers. Adhesive compositions in such a form are also included in examples of adhesive compositions containing polymerized and unpolymerized monomer components. In this specification, the term "completely polymerized" refers to a polymerization conversion rate of more than 95% by weight.
 このようにモノマー成分の重合物と未重合物とを含む粘着剤組成物から粘着剤を形成する際の硬化方法(重合方法)としては、光重合法を好ましく採用することができる。光重合法によって調製された重合反応物を含む粘着剤組成物では、その硬化方法として光重合法を採用することが特に好適である。光重合法により得られた重合反応物は、すでに光重合開始剤を含むので、この重合反応物を含む粘着剤組成物をさらに硬化させて粘着剤を形成する際、新たな光重合開始剤を追加しなくても光硬化し得る。あるいは、光重合法により調製された重合反応物に、必要に応じて光重合開始剤を追加した組成の粘着剤組成物であってもよい。追加する光重合開始剤は、重合反応物の調製に使用した光重合開始剤と同じでもよく、異なってもよい。光重合以外の方法で調製された粘着剤組成物は、光重合開始剤を添加することにより光硬化性とすることができる。光硬化性の粘着剤組成物は、厚手の粘着剤層であっても容易に形成し得るという利点を有する。好ましい一態様において、粘着剤組成物から粘着剤を形成する際の光重合は、紫外線照射により行うことができる。紫外線照射には、公知の高圧水銀ランプ、低圧水銀ランプ、メタルハライドランプなどを用いることができる。 As such, a photopolymerization method can be preferably used as a curing method (polymerization method) when forming an adhesive from an adhesive composition containing a polymerized product and an unpolymerized product of a monomer component. In an adhesive composition containing a polymerization reactant prepared by a photopolymerization method, it is particularly preferable to use a photopolymerization method as a curing method. Since the polymerization reactant obtained by the photopolymerization method already contains a photopolymerization initiator, when the adhesive composition containing this polymerization reactant is further cured to form an adhesive, it can be photocured without adding a new photopolymerization initiator. Alternatively, the adhesive composition may be a composition in which a photopolymerization initiator is added as necessary to the polymerization reactant prepared by the photopolymerization method. The added photopolymerization initiator may be the same as or different from the photopolymerization initiator used to prepare the polymerization reactant. An adhesive composition prepared by a method other than photopolymerization can be made photocurable by adding a photopolymerization initiator. A photocurable adhesive composition has the advantage that even a thick adhesive layer can be easily formed. In a preferred embodiment, photopolymerization when forming an adhesive from the adhesive composition can be performed by ultraviolet irradiation. For ultraviolet irradiation, known high pressure mercury lamps, low pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, etc. can be used.
 (モノマー成分を完全重合物の形態で含む粘着剤組成物)
 他のいくつかの態様に係る粘着剤組成物は、モノマー成分を完全重合物の形態で含む。このような粘着剤組成物は、例えば、モノマー成分の完全重合物(例えば、溶液重合またはエマルション重合による完全重合物)であるポリマー(F)を有機溶媒中に含む溶剤型粘着剤組成物、上記ポリマー(F)が水性溶媒に分散した水分散型粘着剤組成物、等の形態であり得る。モノマー成分の溶液重合に用いる溶媒(重合溶媒)は、従来公知の有機溶媒から適宜選択することができる。例えば、トルエン等の芳香族化合物類(典型的には芳香族炭化水素類);酢酸エチル等の酢酸エステル類;ヘキサンやシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族または脂環式炭化水素類;1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン化アルカン類;イソプロピルアルコール等の低級アルコール類(例えば、炭素原子数1~4の一価アルコール類);tert-ブチルメチルエーテル等のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン等のケトン類;等から選択されるいずれか1種の溶媒、または2種以上の混合溶媒を用いることができる。
(Adhesive composition containing monomer component in the form of a completely polymerized product)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to some other embodiments contains the monomer component in the form of a complete polymer. Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be in the form of, for example, a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a polymer (F) which is a complete polymer of the monomer component (for example, a complete polymer by solution polymerization or emulsion polymerization) in an organic solvent, or an aqueous dispersion-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the polymer (F) is dispersed in an aqueous solvent. The solvent (polymerization solvent) used in the solution polymerization of the monomer component can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, any one solvent selected from aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); acetate esters such as ethyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; or the like, or a mixed solvent of two or more solvents can be used.
 (架橋剤)
 粘着剤組成物には、粘着剤の凝集力の調整等の目的で、必要に応じて架橋剤を含有させることができる。架橋剤としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、メラミン系樹脂、金属キレート系架橋剤等の、粘着剤の分野において公知の架橋剤を使用することができる。これらのうち好適例として、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤が挙げられる。架橋剤の他の例として、1分子内に2以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマー、すなわち2官能以上の多官能性モノマーが挙げられる。架橋剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Crosslinking Agent)
The adhesive composition may contain a crosslinking agent as necessary for the purpose of adjusting the cohesive strength of the adhesive. As the crosslinking agent, a crosslinking agent known in the field of adhesives, such as an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, an epoxy-based crosslinking agent, an aziridine-based crosslinking agent, an oxazoline-based crosslinking agent, a melamine-based resin, or a metal chelate-based crosslinking agent, may be used. Among these, preferred examples include an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent and an epoxy-based crosslinking agent. Other examples of the crosslinking agent include a monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, that is, a polyfunctional monomer having two or more functions. The crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
 多官能性モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチエレングルコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,12-ドデカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリン酸変性ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジ(メタ)アクリロイルイソシアヌレート、ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキサイド変性ビスフェノールジ(メタ)アクリレート等の、2官能(メタ)アクリレート;
 例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート等の、3官能(メタ)アクリレート;
 例えば、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールモノヒドロキシペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキル変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリロイル基を4つ以上有するエポキシアクリレート、同ポリエステルアクリレート、同ウレタンアクリレート、等の、4官能以上の多官能(メタ)アクリレート;
 アリル(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジビニルベンゼン等の、(メタ)アクリロイル基以外のエチレン性不飽和基を少なくとも1つ以上有する多官能性モノマー(例えば2官能モノマー);
等が挙げられる。多官能性モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
Examples of polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, Bifunctional (meth)acrylates such as 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, glycerin di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, stearic acid modified pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl di(meth)acrylate, di(meth)acryloyl isocyanurate, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, and alkylene oxide modified bisphenol di(meth)acrylate;
For example, trifunctional (meth)acrylates such as trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, and tris(acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate;
For example, polyfunctional (meth)acrylates having 4 or more functional groups, such as ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypenta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, alkyl-modified dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, epoxy acrylates having 4 or more (meth)acryloyl groups, polyester acrylates having the same, and urethane acrylates having the same;
Polyfunctional monomers (e.g., bifunctional monomers) having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group other than a (meth)acryloyl group, such as allyl (meth)acrylate, vinyl (meth)acrylate, and divinylbenzene;
The polyfunctional monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 イソシアネート系架橋剤としては、2官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を用いることができ、例えば、トリメチレンジイソシアネート、ブチレンジイソシアネート、ペンタメチレンジイソシアネート(PDI)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、ダイマー酸ジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ポリイソシアネート類;シクロペンチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキシレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)、1,3-ビス(イソシアナトメチル)シクロヘキサン等の脂環族イソシアネート類;2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)等の芳香族イソシアネート類;上記イソシアネート化合物をアロファネート結合、ビウレット結合、イソシアヌレート結合、ウレトジオン結合、ウレア結合、カルボジイミド結合、ウレトンイミン結合、オキサジアジントリオン結合等により変性したポリイソシネート変性体(例えばHDIのイソシアヌレート体、HDIのアロファネート体等);上記イソシアネート化合物の多価アルコール付加物(例えばXDIのトリメチロールプロパン付加物等);等が挙げられる。市販品の例としては、商品名タケネート300S、タケネート500、タケネート600、タケネートD110N、タケネートD120N,タケネートD140N、タケネートD160N、タケネートD165N、タケネートD178N、タケネートD178NL(以上、三井化学社製)、スミジュールT80、スミジュールL、デスモジュールN3400(以上、住化バイエルウレタン社製)、ミリオネートMR、ミリオネートMT、コロネートL、コロネートHL、コロネートHX、コロネート2770(以上、東ソー社製)、商品名デュラネートA201H、デュラネートTPA-100(以上、旭化成社製)等が挙げられる。イソシアネート化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。2官能のイソシアネート化合物と3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を併用してもよい。 As an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, a bifunctional or higher isocyanate compound can be used, for example, aliphatic polyisocyanates such as trimethylene diisocyanate, butylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate (PDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), and dimer acid diisocyanate; alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclopentylene diisocyanate, cyclohexylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), and 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane; 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate. aromatic isocyanates such as 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate (XDI); modified polyisocyanates obtained by modifying the above-mentioned isocyanate compounds with an allophanate bond, a biuret bond, an isocyanurate bond, a uretdione bond, a urea bond, a carbodiimide bond, a uretonimine bond, an oxadiazinetrione bond or the like (e.g., an isocyanurate of HDI, an allophanate of HDI, etc.); polyhydric alcohol adducts of the above-mentioned isocyanate compounds (e.g., a trimethylolpropane adduct of XDI, etc.); and the like. Examples of commercially available products include trade names Takenate 300S, Takenate 500, Takenate 600, Takenate D110N, Takenate D120N, Takenate D140N, Takenate D160N, Takenate D165N, Takenate D178N, Takenate D178NL (all manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), Sumidur T80, Sumidur L, Desmodur N3400 (all manufactured by Sumika Bayer Urethane Co., Ltd.), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX, Coronate 2770 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), trade names Duranate A201H, Duranate TPA-100 (all manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation), etc. The isocyanate compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. A bifunctional isocyanate compound may be used in combination with a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound.
 エポキシ系架橋剤としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA、エピクロルヒドリン型のエポキシ系樹脂、エチレングリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリントリグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパントリグリシジルエーテル、ジグリシジルアニリン、ジアミングリシジルアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシリレンジアミンおよび1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン等を挙げることができる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of epoxy crosslinking agents include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin-type epoxy resins, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, and 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 いくつかの態様において、架橋剤の少なくとも一部として、1分子当たり2個の架橋反応性基(例えば、エチレン性不飽和基、イソシアネート基等)を有する2官能架橋剤が用いられる。2官能架橋剤を使用することにより、柔軟な架橋構造を形成しやすい。2官能架橋剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。2官能架橋剤の例として、2官能(メタ)アクリレート等の2官能モノマーや、2官能イソシアネート化合物等が挙げられる。2官能架橋剤は、3官能以上の架橋剤と併用してもよい。 In some embodiments, a bifunctional crosslinking agent having two crosslinking reactive groups per molecule (e.g., an ethylenically unsaturated group, an isocyanate group, etc.) is used as at least a portion of the crosslinking agent. By using a bifunctional crosslinking agent, it is easy to form a flexible crosslinked structure. The bifunctional crosslinking agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. Examples of bifunctional crosslinking agents include bifunctional monomers such as bifunctional (meth)acrylates and bifunctional isocyanate compounds. The bifunctional crosslinking agent may be used in combination with a trifunctional or higher crosslinking agent.
 いくつかの態様において、架橋剤として、芳香環、脂肪族環等の環構造を有しない非環式架橋剤(鎖状架橋剤ともいう。)が好ましく用いられる。架橋剤として鎖状架橋剤を用いることにより、柔軟性の高い架橋構造を形成しやすくなり、ひいては柔軟性の高い粘着剤を形成しやすくなる。
 非環式架橋剤として、例えば上述した多官能性モノマーのなかでは、鎖状アルキレンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等の、環構造を有しない多官能性モノマーの使用が好ましい。また、例えば上述したイソシアネート系架橋剤のなかでは、芳香環およびイソシアヌレート環等の環構造を有しないイソシアネート系化合物の使用が好ましい。上記非環式イソシアネートの具体例としては、脂肪族イソシアネート系化合物(例えばPDIやHDI)や、脂肪族イソシアネート系化合物の変性体(例えばPDIやHDIのアロファネート結合、ビウレット結合、ウレア結合、カルボジイミド結合により変性したポリイソシネート変性体)が挙げられる。非環式架橋剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。いくつかの好ましい態様において、架橋剤として、非環式の2官能架橋剤が用いられ得る。
In some embodiments, a non-cyclic crosslinking agent (also called a chain crosslinking agent) that does not have a ring structure such as an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring is preferably used as the crosslinking agent. By using a chain crosslinking agent as the crosslinking agent, it becomes easier to form a highly flexible crosslinked structure, and therefore it becomes easier to form a highly flexible adhesive.
As the acyclic crosslinking agent, for example, among the above-mentioned polyfunctional monomers, it is preferable to use a polyfunctional monomer that does not have a ring structure, such as a chain alkylene diol di(meth)acrylate or an alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Also, for example, among the above-mentioned isocyanate-based crosslinking agents, it is preferable to use an isocyanate-based compound that does not have a ring structure, such as an aromatic ring or an isocyanurate ring. Specific examples of the above-mentioned acyclic isocyanates include aliphatic isocyanate-based compounds (e.g., PDI and HDI) and modified aliphatic isocyanate-based compounds (e.g., polyisocyanate modified PDI or HDI modified by allophanate bond, biuret bond, urea bond, or carbodiimide bond). The acyclic crosslinking agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In some preferred embodiments, an acyclic bifunctional crosslinking agent can be used as the crosslinking agent.
 架橋剤(多官能性モノマーであり得る。)を用いる場合における使用量は、特に限定されず、所望の特性が得られるように設定することができる。架橋剤の使用量は、例えば、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して0.001重量部~5.0重量部程度の範囲とすることができる。粘着剤の柔軟性や伸び向上の観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤の使用量は、3.0重量部以下であることが適当であり、2.0重量部以下であることが好ましく、例えば1.5重量部以下でもよく、1.0重量部以下でもよく、0.50重量部以下でもよく、0.30重量部以下でもよく、0.25重量部以下、0.20重量部以下、0.15重量部以下、0.12重量部以下、0.10重量部以下または0.09重量部以下でもよい。また、架橋剤の使用効果を適切に発揮する観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤の使用量は、例えば0.005重量部以上であってよく、0.010重量部以上であってもよく、0.015重量部以上でもよく、0.02重量部以上でもよく、0.04重量部以上、0.06重量部以上または0.08重量部以上であってもよく、0.10重量部以上または0.15重量部以上であってもよい。 When using a crosslinking agent (which may be a polyfunctional monomer), the amount used is not particularly limited and can be set so as to obtain the desired characteristics. The amount of crosslinking agent used can be, for example, in the range of about 0.001 to 5.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F). From the viewpoint of improving the flexibility and elongation of the adhesive, in some embodiments, the amount of crosslinking agent used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer components is appropriately 3.0 parts by weight or less, and preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less, and may be, for example, 1.5 parts by weight or less, 1.0 parts by weight or less, 0.50 parts by weight or less, 0.30 parts by weight or less, 0.25 parts by weight or less, 0.20 parts by weight or less, 0.15 parts by weight or less, 0.12 parts by weight or less, 0.10 parts by weight or less, or 0.09 parts by weight or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of appropriately exerting the effect of using the crosslinking agent, in some embodiments, the amount of the crosslinking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, 0.005 parts by weight or more, 0.010 parts by weight or more, 0.015 parts by weight or more, 0.02 parts by weight or more, 0.04 parts by weight or more, 0.06 parts by weight or more, or 0.08 parts by weight or more, or 0.10 parts by weight or more, or 0.15 parts by weight or more.
 架橋反応をより効果的に進行させるために、架橋触媒を用いてもよい。架橋触媒の例としては、テトラ-n-ブチルチタネート、テトライソプロピルチタネート、ナーセム第二鉄、ブチルスズオキシド、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等の金属系架橋触媒等が挙げられる。なかでも、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等のスズ系架橋触媒が好ましい。架橋触媒の使用量は特に制限されない。ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋触媒の使用量は、架橋反応速度の速さと粘着剤組成物のポットライフの長さとのバランスを考慮して、例えば凡そ0.0001重量部以上1重量部以下の範囲とすることができ、0.001重量部以上0.5重量部以下の範囲とすることが好ましい。 A crosslinking catalyst may be used to promote the crosslinking reaction more effectively. Examples of crosslinking catalysts include metal-based crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, nursem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Among these, tin-based crosslinking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred. The amount of the crosslinking catalyst used is not particularly limited. The amount of the crosslinking catalyst used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F) can be in the range of, for example, approximately 0.0001 parts by weight to 1 part by weight, and preferably 0.001 parts by weight to 0.5 parts by weight, taking into consideration the balance between the speed of the crosslinking reaction and the length of the pot life of the adhesive composition.
 粘着剤組成物には、架橋遅延剤として、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を含有させることができる。これにより、粘着剤組成物のポットライフを延長する効果が実現され得る。例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤を含む粘着剤組成物において、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を好ましく利用し得る。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物としては、各種のβ-ジカルボニル化合物を用いることができる。例えば、β-ジケトン類(アセチルアセトン、2,4-ヘキサンジオン等)やアセト酢酸エステル類(アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル等)を好ましく採用し得る。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物の使用量は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.1重量部以上20重量部以下とすることができ、0.5重量部以上10重量部以下としてもよく、1重量部以上5重量部以下としてもよい。 The adhesive composition may contain a compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism as a crosslinking retarder. This may realize the effect of extending the pot life of the adhesive composition. For example, a compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism may be preferably used in an adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent. As the compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism, various β-dicarbonyl compounds may be used. For example, β-diketones (acetylacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.) and acetoacetate esters (methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, etc.) may be preferably used. The compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the compound that generates keto-enol tautomerism may be, for example, 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, or may be 0.5 to 10 parts by weight, or may be 1 to 5 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer components that constitute the polymer (F).
 (シランカップリング剤)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤にシランカップリング剤を含有させることができる。シランカップリング剤は、被着体に対する接着力の向上等に役立ち得る。シランカップリング剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Silane coupling agent)
In some embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a silane coupling agent. The silane coupling agent may be useful for improving the adhesive strength to the adherend. The silane coupling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 シランカップリング剤としては、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン等のエポキシ構造を有するケイ素化合物;3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン等のアミノ基含有ケイ素化合物;3-クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン;アセトアセチル基含有トリメトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシランなどの(メタ)アクリル基含有シランカップリング剤;3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシランなどのイソシアネート基含有シランカップリング剤などが挙げられる。なかでも好ましい例として、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、アセトアセチル基含有トリメトキシシランが挙げられる。 Silane coupling agents include silicon compounds having an epoxy structure such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane; amino group-containing silicon compounds such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane; (meth)acrylic group-containing silane coupling agents such as acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane; and isocyanate group-containing silane coupling agents such as 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane. Among these, preferred examples include 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane and acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane.
 シランカップリング剤の使用量は、所望の使用効果が得られるように設定することができ、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、シランカップリング剤の使用量は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.001重量部以上であってよく、より高い効果を得る観点から0.005重量部以上でもよく、0.01重量部以上でもよく、0.05重量部以上でもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよく、0.2重量部以上でもよい。また、粘着剤の保存安定性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、シランカップリング剤の使用量は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば3.0重量部未満であってよく、2.0重量部未満でもよく、1.5重量部未満でもよく、1.0重量部未満でもよく、0.5重量部以下でもよい。シランカップリング剤を使用しなくてもよい。 The amount of the silane coupling agent used can be set so as to obtain the desired effect of use, and is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F), and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, it may be 0.005 parts by weight or more, 0.01 parts by weight or more, 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, or 0.2 parts by weight or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of storage stability of the adhesive, in some embodiments, the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, less than 3.0 parts by weight, less than 2.0 parts by weight, less than 1.5 parts by weight, less than 1.0 parts by weight, or 0.5 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F). The silane coupling agent may not be used.
 (粘着付与剤)
 ここに開示される技術における粘着剤層には、粘着付与剤を含有させてもよい。粘着付与剤としては、ロジン系粘着付与樹脂、テルペン系粘着付与樹脂、フェノール系粘着付与樹脂、炭化水素系粘着付与樹脂、ケトン系粘着付与樹脂、ポリアミド系粘着付与樹脂、エポキシ系粘着付与樹脂、エラストマー系粘着付与樹脂等の公知の粘着付与樹脂を用いることができる。これらは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。粘着付与樹脂の使用量は特に限定されず、目的や用途に応じて適切な粘着性能が発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、屈折率や透明性の観点から、粘着付与剤の使用量は、ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して30重量部以下とすることが適当であり、10重量部以下とすることが好ましく、5重量部以下とすることがより好ましい。ここに開示される技術は、粘着付与剤を使用しない態様で好ましく実施され得る。
(Tackifier)
The adhesive layer in the technology disclosed herein may contain a tackifier. As the tackifier, known tackifier resins such as rosin-based tackifier resins, terpene-based tackifier resins, phenol-based tackifier resins, hydrocarbon-based tackifier resins, ketone-based tackifier resins, polyamide-based tackifier resins, epoxy-based tackifier resins, and elastomer-based tackifier resins can be used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the tackifier resin used is not particularly limited, and can be set so that appropriate adhesive performance is exhibited depending on the purpose and application. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of refractive index and transparency, the amount of the tackifier used is appropriately 30 parts by weight or less, preferably 10 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 5 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer (F). The technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an embodiment in which a tackifier is not used.
 (その他の添加剤)
 ここに開示される技術において、粘着剤の形成に使用する粘着剤組成物は、本発明の効果が著しく妨げられない範囲で、可塑剤、軟化剤、着色剤、帯電防止剤、老化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、防腐剤等の、粘着剤組成物に使用され得る公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて含んでいてもよい。このような各種添加剤については、従来公知のものを常法により使用することができ、特に本発明を特徴づけるものではないので、詳細な説明は省略する。
(Other additives)
In the technology disclosed herein, the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive may contain, as necessary, known additives that can be used in adhesive compositions, such as plasticizers, softeners, colorants, antistatic agents, antiaging agents, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, preservatives, etc., to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly hindered. As for such various additives, conventionally known ones can be used in the usual manner, and they do not particularly characterize the present invention, so detailed explanations will be omitted.
 (ゲル分率)
 ここに開示される粘着剤のゲル分率は、使用目的や使用態様等に応じて適切に設定され、特定の範囲に限定されない。上記ゲル分率は、粘着剤に適度な凝集性を付与し、粘着特性を適切に発現する観点から、例えば凡そ10%以上であり、凡そ30%以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは凡そ40%以上、より好ましくは凡そ50%以上であり、75%以上でもよく、85%以上でもよく、90%以上でもよく、92%以上、94%以上、96%以上または98%以上でもよい。また、粘着剤のゲル分率は、低屈折率と粘着特性とを好適に両立しやすくする観点から、99.9%以下であることが適当であり、例えば99.7%以下であってよく、99.5%以下でもよく、99%以下でもよく、97%以下でもよく、95%以下でもよく、93%以下でもよい。ゲル分率が高すぎないことは、被着体表面に存在し得る凹凸に対して適切に追従し、良好に密着する観点からも有利となり得る。ゲル分率は、下記の方法で測定される。
(Gel Fraction)
The gel fraction of the adhesive disclosed herein is appropriately set according to the purpose of use, the mode of use, etc., and is not limited to a specific range. The gel fraction is, for example, about 10% or more, about 30% or more, preferably about 40% or more, more preferably about 50% or more, and may be 75% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 92% or more, 94% or more, 96% or more, or 98% or more, from the viewpoint of providing the adhesive with appropriate cohesiveness and appropriately expressing adhesive properties. In addition, the gel fraction of the adhesive is appropriately 99.9% or less, for example, 99.7% or less, 99.5% or less, 99% or less, 97% or less, 95% or less, or 93% or less, from the viewpoint of favorably achieving both a low refractive index and adhesive properties. A gel fraction that is not too high can also be advantageous from the viewpoint of appropriately following unevenness that may exist on the surface of the adherend and providing good adhesion. The gel fraction is measured by the following method.
  [ゲル分率の測定]
 所定量の粘着剤サンプル(重量Wg1)を平均孔径0.2μmの多孔質ポリテトラフルオロエチレン膜(重量Wg2)で巾着状に包み、口をタコ糸(重量Wg3)で縛る。上記多孔質ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)膜としては、日東電工株式会社から入手可能な商品名「ニトフロン(登録商標)NTF1122」(平均孔径0.2μm、気孔率75%、厚さ85μm)またはその相当品を使用する。
 この包みを十分量の酢酸エチルに浸し、室温(典型的には23℃)で7日間保持して粘着剤中のゾル分のみを上記膜外に溶出させた後、上記包みを取り出して外表面に付着している酢酸エチルを拭き取り、該包みを130℃で2時間乾燥させ、該包みの重量(Wg4)を測定する。粘着剤層のゲル分率は、各値を以下の式に代入することにより求められる。
   ゲル分率(%)=[(Wg4-Wg2-Wg3)/Wg1]×100
[Measurement of gel fraction]
A given amount of adhesive sample (weight Wg1 ) is wrapped in a porous polytetrafluoroethylene film (weight Wg2 ) with an average pore size of 0.2 μm in the shape of a purse, and the opening is tied with string (weight Wg3 ). As the porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) film, "Nitoflon (registered trademark) NTF1122" (average pore size 0.2 μm, porosity 75%, thickness 85 μm) available from Nitto Denko Corporation or an equivalent product is used.
The package is immersed in a sufficient amount of ethyl acetate and kept at room temperature (typically 23° C.) for 7 days to allow only the sol content in the adhesive to elute out of the film, after which the package is taken out and the ethyl acetate adhering to the outer surface is wiped off, the package is dried at 130° C. for 2 hours, and the weight of the package ( Wg4 ) is measured. The gel fraction of the adhesive layer is determined by substituting each value into the following formula.
Gel fraction (%)=[( Wg4Wg2Wg3 )/ Wg1 ]×100
 (活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤)
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、ここに開示される粘着剤は、活性エネルギー線(例えば紫外線)硬化型粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤、すなわち活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物の硬化物である粘着剤であり得る。かかる粘着剤は、粘着剤組成物の表面を平滑な剥離面(例えば、該剥離面を有する剥離ライナー)に当接させた状態で該粘着剤組成物を硬化させて粘着剤(粘着剤層)を形成し得ることから、粘着面(上記剥離面との界面)において高い表面平滑性を実現しやすく、良好な光学特性を得やすいので好ましい。また、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物は、該粘着剤組成物から粘着剤を形成する過程で除去されるべき溶媒を含まないか、含むとしても少量(典型的には、粘着剤組成物の10重量%未満、5重量%未満または1重量%未満)であるため、厚み方向に対する均質性の高い粘着剤(粘着剤層)が得られやすい。このことは光学的等方性の観点から有利となり得る。また、溶媒を含まないかまたは溶媒含有量の少ない粘着剤組成物を用いて粘着剤を形成することにより、粘着剤内における親水性の偏りを抑制しやすく、耐湿熱白化性を高めやすい。
(Active energy ray curable adhesive)
In some preferred embodiments, the adhesive disclosed herein may be an adhesive formed from an active energy ray (e.g., ultraviolet ray) curable adhesive composition, i.e., an adhesive that is a cured product of an active energy ray curable adhesive composition. Such an adhesive is preferable because it is easy to realize high surface smoothness on the adhesive surface (interface with the release surface) and easy to obtain good optical properties, since the adhesive composition can be cured while the surface of the adhesive composition is in contact with a smooth release surface (e.g., a release liner having the release surface) to form an adhesive (adhesive layer). In addition, the active energy ray curable adhesive composition does not contain a solvent that should be removed in the process of forming the adhesive from the adhesive composition, or even if it does, it contains a small amount (typically less than 10 wt%, less than 5 wt%, or less than 1 wt% of the adhesive composition), so that an adhesive (adhesive layer) with high homogeneity in the thickness direction is easily obtained. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of optical isotropy. In addition, by forming an adhesive using an adhesive composition that does not contain a solvent or has a low solvent content, it is easy to suppress the bias of hydrophilicity in the adhesive and to improve the resistance to moist heat whitening.
 (重合率)
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、重合率(重合転化率)が95.0重量%以上であることが適当であり、97重量%以上(例えば97.5重量%以上)であることが好ましく、98.5重量%以上(例えば99.0重量%以上)であることがより好ましい。粘着剤の重合率がより高いことは、該粘着剤に含まれる未反応のモノマーがより少ないことを意味する。粘着剤の重合率を所定以上とすることは、粘着剤に含まれ得る低分子量物の偏在が粘着特性や光学特性に及ぼす不利益を防止する観点から好ましい。粘着剤の重合率は、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。
(Polymerization rate)
The adhesive disclosed herein is suitable for a polymerization rate (polymerization conversion rate) of 95.0% by weight or more, preferably 97% by weight or more (e.g., 97.5% by weight or more), and more preferably 98.5% by weight or more (e.g., 99.0% by weight or more). A higher polymerization rate of the adhesive means that the adhesive contains less unreacted monomer. It is preferable to set the polymerization rate of the adhesive to a predetermined level or more in order to prevent the uneven distribution of low molecular weight substances that may be contained in the adhesive from having a disadvantage on adhesive properties and optical properties. The polymerization rate of the adhesive can be measured by the method described in the Examples below.
<粘着シート>
 この明細書により、粘着剤層を有する粘着シートが提供される。上記粘着剤層を構成する粘着剤は、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤(例えば、該粘着剤組成物の硬化物)であり得る。
<Adhesive sheet>
This specification provides a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive formed from any of the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions disclosed herein (e.g., a cured product of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition).
 上記粘着シートは、非剥離性の基材(支持基材)の片面または両面に上記粘着剤層を有する形態の基材付き粘着シートであってもよく、上記粘着剤層が剥離ライナーに保持された形態等の基材レスの粘着シート(すなわち、非剥離性の基材を有しない粘着シート。典型的には粘着剤層からなる粘着シート)であってもよい。ここでいう粘着シートの概念には、粘着テープ、粘着ラベル、粘着フィルム等と称されるものが包含され得る。ここに開示される粘着シートは、ロール状であってもよく、枚葉状であってもよい。あるいは、さらに種々の形状に加工された形態の粘着シートであってもよい。 The adhesive sheet may be a substrate-attached adhesive sheet having the adhesive layer on one or both sides of a non-removable substrate (support substrate), or may be a substrate-less adhesive sheet having the adhesive layer supported on a release liner (i.e., an adhesive sheet without a non-removable substrate. Typically, the adhesive sheet is made of an adhesive layer). The concept of adhesive sheet here may include those referred to as adhesive tape, adhesive label, adhesive film, etc. The adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a roll or a sheet. Alternatively, it may be an adhesive sheet that has been further processed into various shapes.
 両面粘着タイプの基材レス粘着シート(基材レス両面粘着シート)の構成例を図1,2に示す。図1に示す粘着シート1は、基材レスの粘着剤層21の両面21A,21Bが、少なくとも該粘着剤層側が剥離面となっている剥離ライナー31,32によってそれぞれ保護された構成を有する。図2に示す粘着シート2は、基材レスの粘着剤層21の一方の表面(粘着面)21Aが、両面が剥離面となっている剥離ライナー31により保護された構成を有し、これを巻回すると、粘着剤層21の他方の表面(粘着面)21Bが剥離ライナー31の背面に当接することにより、他面21Bもまた剥離ライナー31で保護された構成とできるようになっている。ここに開示される技術は、例えば粘着シートの厚さを小さくする観点や、粘着シートの透明性を高める観点から、粘着剤層からなる基材レス粘着シートの形態で好ましく実施される。上記基材レス粘着シートは、柔軟性(例えば、繰り返し折り曲げられるような被着体に追従する柔軟性)の観点からも好ましい。 The configuration of a double-sided adhesive type substrateless adhesive sheet (substrateless double-sided adhesive sheet) is shown in Figs. 1 and 2. The adhesive sheet 1 shown in Fig. 1 has a configuration in which both sides 21A and 21B of the substrateless adhesive layer 21 are protected by release liners 31 and 32, at least the adhesive layer side of which is a release surface. The adhesive sheet 2 shown in Fig. 2 has a configuration in which one surface (adhesive surface) 21A of the substrateless adhesive layer 21 is protected by a release liner 31, both sides of which are release surfaces, and when this is rolled up, the other surface (adhesive surface) 21B of the adhesive layer 21 abuts against the back surface of the release liner 31, so that the other surface 21B is also protected by the release liner 31. The technology disclosed here is preferably implemented in the form of a substrateless adhesive sheet made of an adhesive layer, for example, from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet and increasing the transparency of the adhesive sheet. The substrateless adhesive sheet is also preferable from the viewpoint of flexibility (for example, flexibility to follow the adherend when repeatedly folded).
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、例えば、図3に模式的に示される断面構造を有するものであり得る。図3に示す粘着シート3は、支持基材10と、その支持基材10の第1面10Aおよび第2面10Bにそれぞれ支持された第1粘着剤層21および第2粘着剤層22とを備える。第1面10Aおよび第2面10Bは、いずれも非剥離性の表面(非剥離面)である。粘着シート3は、第1粘着剤層21の表面(第1粘着面)21Aおよび第2粘着剤層22の表面(第2粘着面)22Aをそれぞれ被着体に貼り付けて使用される。すなわち、粘着シート3は両面粘着シート(両面接着性の粘着シート)として構成されている。使用前の粘着シート3は、第1粘着面21Aおよび第2粘着面22Aが、少なくとも該粘着剤面側が剥離性を有する表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー31,32によってそれぞれ保護された構成を有している。あるいは、剥離ライナー32を省略して、剥離ライナー31として両面が剥離面となっているものを使用し、粘着シート3を巻回して第2粘着面22Aを剥離ライナー31の裏面に当接させることにより、第2粘着面22Aもまた剥離ライナー31によって保護された構成としてもよい。 The adhesive sheet disclosed herein may have, for example, a cross-sectional structure as shown in FIG. 3. The adhesive sheet 3 shown in FIG. 3 includes a support substrate 10 and a first adhesive layer 21 and a second adhesive layer 22 supported on a first surface 10A and a second surface 10B of the support substrate 10, respectively. The first surface 10A and the second surface 10B are both non-peeling surfaces (non-peeling surfaces). The adhesive sheet 3 is used by attaching the surface (first adhesive surface) 21A of the first adhesive layer 21 and the surface (second adhesive surface) 22A of the second adhesive layer 22 to an adherend, respectively. That is, the adhesive sheet 3 is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet (double-sided adhesive sheet). Before use, the adhesive sheet 3 has a configuration in which the first adhesive surface 21A and the second adhesive surface 22A are protected by release liners 31 and 32, at least the adhesive surface side of which is a surface (peeling surface) having releasability. Alternatively, the release liner 32 may be omitted, and a release liner 31 with release surfaces on both sides may be used, and the adhesive sheet 3 may be rolled up so that the second adhesive surface 22A is in contact with the back surface of the release liner 31, thereby forming a configuration in which the second adhesive surface 22A is also protected by the release liner 31.
 ここに開示される技術は、上述の基材レスまたは基材付き両面粘着シートの形態で好ましく実施される。あるいは、ここに開示される粘着シートは、特に図示しないが、非剥離性の基材(支持基材)の片面のみに粘着剤層を有する基材付き片面粘着シートの形態であってもよい。片面粘着シートの形態の例として、図3に示す構成において第1粘着剤層21および第2粘着剤層22のいずれか一方を有しない形態が挙げられる。 The technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of a substrate-less or substrate-attached double-sided adhesive sheet as described above. Alternatively, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a substrate-attached single-sided adhesive sheet having an adhesive layer on only one side of a non-peeling substrate (support substrate), although this is not specifically shown. An example of the form of a single-sided adhesive sheet is one having the configuration shown in FIG. 3 without either the first adhesive layer 21 or the second adhesive layer 22.
 (粘着剤層)
 粘着剤層を構成する粘着剤は、溶剤型、活性エネルギー線硬化型、水分散型、ホットメルト型等の形態の粘着剤組成物を、乾燥、架橋、重合、冷却等により硬化させてなる粘着剤、すなわち上記粘着剤組成物の硬化物であり得る。粘着剤組成物の硬化手段(例えば乾燥、架橋、重合、冷却等)は、1種のみを適用してもよく、2種以上を同時に、または多段階にわたって適用してもよい。溶剤型粘着剤組成物では、典型的には該組成物を乾燥(好ましくは、さらに架橋)させて粘着剤を形成することができる。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物では、典型的には活性エネルギー線を照射して重合反応および/または架橋反応を進行させることにより粘着剤が形成される。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物で乾燥させる必要がある場合は、乾燥後に活性エネルギー線を照射するとよい。
(Adhesive Layer)
The adhesive constituting the adhesive layer may be an adhesive obtained by curing a solvent-based, active energy ray curable, water-dispersible, hot melt, or other adhesive composition by drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, or the like, that is, a cured product of the above-mentioned adhesive composition. The curing means (e.g., drying, crosslinking, polymerization, cooling, etc.) of the adhesive composition may be applied in one type only, or in two or more types simultaneously or in multiple stages. In the case of a solvent-based adhesive composition, the adhesive can typically be formed by drying (preferably further crosslinking) the composition. In the case of an active energy ray curable adhesive composition, the adhesive is typically formed by irradiating with active energy rays to promote a polymerization reaction and/or a crosslinking reaction. When it is necessary to dry the active energy ray curable adhesive composition, it is preferable to irradiate with active energy rays after drying.
 上記粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物を適当な表面に付与(例えば塗布)した後、該組成物を硬化させることにより形成され得る。粘着剤組成物の塗布は、例えば、グラビアロールコーター、リバースロールコーター、キスロールコーター、ディップロールコーター、バーコーター、ナイフコーター、スプレーコーター等の慣用のコーターを用いて実施することができる。 The adhesive layer can be formed by applying (e.g., coating) an adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then curing the composition. The adhesive composition can be applied using a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, reverse roll coater, kiss roll coater, dip roll coater, bar coater, knife coater, or spray coater.
 粘着剤層の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば3μm以上とすることができ、5μm以上であることが適当であり、10μm以上であってもよく、15μm以上でもよく、20μm以上でもよく、30μm以上でもよく、45μm以上でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さの増大により、粘着力は上昇する傾向にある。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、50μm以上であってもよく、70μm以上または85μm以上であってもよい。また、粘着剤層の厚さは、例えば300μm以下であってよく、250μm以下でもよく、200μm以下でもよく、150μm以下でもよく、120μm以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは100μm以下であり、より好ましくは75μm以下、さらに好ましくは70μm以下であり、60μm以下でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さが大きすぎないことは、粘着シートの薄型化等の観点から有利となり得る。また、薄厚の粘着剤層は、被着体への追従性に優れる傾向がある。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、40μm以下であってもよく、30μm以下であってもよい。ここに開示される技術は、例えば、粘着剤層の厚さが3μm~200μm(より好ましくは5μm~100μm、さらに好ましくは5μm~75μm)の範囲となる態様で好ましく実施され得る。なお、基材の第1面および第2面に第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層を有する粘着シートの場合、上述した粘着剤層の厚さは、少なくとも第1粘着剤層の厚さに適用され得る。第2粘着剤層の厚さも同様の範囲から選択され得る。また、基材レスの粘着シートの場合、該粘着シートの厚さは粘着剤層の厚さと一致する。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3 μm or more, suitably 5 μm or more, may be 10 μm or more, may be 15 μm or more, may be 20 μm or more, may be 30 μm or more, or may be 45 μm or more. The adhesive strength tends to increase with an increase in the thickness of the adhesive layer. In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be 50 μm or more, 70 μm or more, or 85 μm or more. The thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 300 μm or less, 250 μm or less, 200 μm or less, 150 μm or less, or 120 μm or less. In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 μm or less, more preferably 75 μm or less, even more preferably 70 μm or less, and may be 60 μm or less. It may be advantageous for the adhesive layer not to be too thick in terms of thinning the adhesive sheet, etc. In addition, a thin adhesive layer tends to have excellent conformability to the adherend. In some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be 40 μm or less, or may be 30 μm or less. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented, for example, in an embodiment in which the thickness of the adhesive layer is in the range of 3 μm to 200 μm (more preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, and even more preferably 5 μm to 75 μm). In the case of an adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer on the first surface and the second surface of the substrate, the thickness of the adhesive layer described above can be applied to at least the thickness of the first adhesive layer. The thickness of the second adhesive layer can also be selected from the same range. In the case of an adhesive sheet without a substrate, the thickness of the adhesive sheet is the same as the thickness of the adhesive layer.
 (全光線透過率)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、85.0%以上(例えば、88.0%以上、90.0%以上、または90.0%超)であることが好ましい。このように透明性の高い粘着剤層を有する粘着シートは、基材を有する構成または有しない構成において、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。全光線透過率の上限は、実用上、例えば凡そ98%以下であってよく、凡そ96%以下でもよく、凡そ95%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、凡そ94%以下でもよく、凡そ93%以下でもよく、凡そ92%以下でもよい。全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。全光線透過率は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って測定することができる。粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、例えば、該粘着剤層の組成や厚さ等の選択によって調節することができる。
(Total light transmittance)
In some embodiments, the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 85.0% or more (e.g., 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%). Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in a configuration with or without a substrate, can be preferably applied to applications requiring high light transmittance (e.g., optical applications) or applications requiring good visibility of the adherend through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. The upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, about 98% or less in practical use, about 96% or less, or about 95% or less. In some embodiments, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties, the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be about 94% or less, about 93% or less, or about 92% or less. The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. The transmittance meter used may be a product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or an equivalent product. The total light transmittance can be measured according to the method described in the Examples below. The total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着シートの全光線透過率は、85.0%以上(例えば、88.0%以上、90.0%以上、または90.0%超)であることが好ましい。このように透明性の高い粘着シートは、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。全光線透過率の上限は、実用上、例えば凡そ98%以下であってよく、凡そ96%以下でもよく、凡そ95%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、粘着シートの全光線透過率は、凡そ94%以下でもよく、凡そ93%以下でもよく、凡そ92%以下でもよい。粘着シートの全光線透過率は、上記粘着剤層の全光線透過率の測定と同様の方法で測定することができる。粘着シートの全光線透過率は、上述した粘着剤層の組成等や、基材を有する構成においては基材種や基材厚さの選択によって得ることができる。 In some embodiments, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet is preferably 85.0% or more (e.g., 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%). Such highly transparent adhesive sheets can be preferably used in applications requiring high light transmittance (e.g., optical applications) or applications requiring good visibility of the adherend through the adhesive sheet. The upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, approximately 98% or less in practical use, approximately 96% or less, or approximately 95% or less. In some embodiments, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet may be approximately 94% or less, approximately 93% or less, or approximately 92% or less. The total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be measured in the same manner as in the measurement of the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer described above. The total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the adhesive layer described above, or the type and thickness of the substrate in a configuration having a substrate.
 (ヘイズ値)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着シートを構成する粘着剤層のヘイズ値(単に「ヘイズ」ということもある。)は、例えば5.0%以下であってよく、3.0%以下であることが好ましく、2.0%以下であることがより好ましく、1.0%以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.9%以下でもよく、0.8%以下でもよく、0.5%以下でもよく、0.3%以下でもよい。このように透明性の高い粘着剤層を有する粘着シートは、基材を有する構成または有しない構成において、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。粘着剤層のヘイズ値の下限は特に制限されず、透明性向上の観点からはヘイズ値は小さいほど好ましい。一方、いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、ヘイズ値は、例えば0.05%以上であってよく、0.10%以上でもよい。粘着剤層に関するこれらのヘイズ値は、ここに開示される技術を基材レス粘着シート(典型的には、粘着剤層からなる粘着シート)の形態で実施する場合における該粘着シートのヘイズ値にも好ましく適用され得る。
(Haze value)
In some embodiments, the haze value (sometimes simply referred to as "haze") of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, even more preferably 1.0% or less, 0.9% or less, 0.8% or less, 0.5% or less, or 0.3% or less. Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in a configuration with or without a substrate, can be preferably applied to applications requiring high light transmittance (e.g., optical applications) or applications requiring performance in which the adherend can be well visually recognized through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. The lower limit of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the more preferable. On the other hand, in some embodiments, taking into consideration the refractive index and adhesive properties, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more. These haze values for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can also be preferably applied to the haze values of a substrateless pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (typically, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) when the technology disclosed herein is implemented in the form of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
 ここで「ヘイズ値」とは、測定対象に可視光を照射したときの、全透過光に対する拡散透過光の割合をいう。くもり価ともいう。ヘイズ値は、以下の式で表すことができる。
   Th(%)=Td/Tt×100
 上記式において、Thはヘイズ値(%)であり、Tdは散乱光透過率、Ttは全光透過率である。ヘイズ値の測定は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って行うことができる。粘着剤層のヘイズ値は、例えば、該粘着剤層の組成や厚さ等の選択によって調節することができる。
Here, the "haze value" refers to the ratio of diffuse transmitted light to the total transmitted light when a measurement target is irradiated with visible light. It is also called the cloudiness value. The haze value can be expressed by the following formula.
Th(%)=Td/Tt×100
In the above formula, Th is the haze value (%), Td is the scattered light transmittance, and Tt is the total light transmittance. The haze value can be measured according to the method described in the Examples below. The haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着シートのヘイズ値は、例えば10.0%以下であってよく、5.0%以下であることが好ましく、3.0%以下であることがより好ましく、2.0%以下であることがさらに好ましく、1.7%以下でもよく、1.5%以下でもよく、1.2%以下でもよく、1.0%以下でもよく、0.8%以下でもよい。このように透明性の高い粘着シートは、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。粘着シートのヘイズ値の下限は特に制限されず、透明性向上の観点からはヘイズ値は小さいほど好ましい。一方、いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、ヘイズ値は、例えば0.05%以上であってよく、0.1%以上であってもよく、0.2%以上でもよく、0.3%以上でもよい。粘着シートのヘイズ値は、上記粘着剤層のヘイズ値の測定と同様の方法で測定することができる。粘着シートの上記ヘイズ値は、上述した粘着剤層の組成等や、基材を有する構成においては基材種や基材厚さの選択によって得ることができる。 In some embodiments, the haze value of the adhesive sheet may be, for example, 10.0% or less, preferably 5.0% or less, more preferably 3.0% or less, even more preferably 2.0% or less, 1.7% or less, 1.5% or less, 1.2% or less, 1.0% or less, or 0.8% or less. Such highly transparent adhesive sheets can be preferably applied to applications requiring high light transmittance (e.g., optical applications) or applications requiring good visibility of the adherend through the adhesive sheet. The lower limit of the haze value of the adhesive sheet is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the more preferable it is. On the other hand, in some embodiments, taking into consideration the refractive index and adhesive properties, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, 0.1% or more, 0.2% or more, or 0.3% or more. The haze value of the adhesive sheet can be measured in the same manner as in the measurement of the haze value of the adhesive layer. The above haze value of the adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the adhesive layer described above, and in configurations that have a substrate, by selecting the substrate type and substrate thickness.
 (剥離強度)
 粘着シートのガラス板に対する剥離強度は、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、粘着シートは、ガラス板に対する剥離強度(対ガラス板剥離強度)が、例えば0.1N/25mm以上であり、0.5N/25mm以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ガラス板に対する剥離強度は、1.0N/25mm以上であり、より好ましくは1.5N/25mm以上、さらに好ましくは2.0N/25mm以上であり、3.0N/25mm以上であってもよく、5.0N/25mm以上であってもよく、6.0N/25mm以上、7.0N/25mm以上、8.0N/25mm以上、9.0N/25mm以上または10N/25mm以上であってもよい。対ガラス板剥離強度が所定値以上である粘着シートは、例えばガラス製部材等の接合や固定に好適である。上記剥離強度の上限は特に制限されず、例えば30N/25mm以下、25N/25mm以下または20N/25mm以下であり得る。
(Peel Strength)
The peel strength of the adhesive sheet against a glass plate is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the adhesive sheet has a peel strength against a glass plate (peel strength against a glass plate) of, for example, 0.1 N/25 mm or more, and may be 0.5 N/25 mm or more. In some preferred embodiments, the peel strength against the glass plate is 1.0 N/25 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 N/25 mm or more, even more preferably 2.0 N/25 mm or more, and may be 3.0 N/25 mm or more, 5.0 N/25 mm or more, 6.0 N/25 mm or more, 7.0 N/25 mm or more, 8.0 N/25 mm or more, 9.0 N/25 mm or more, or 10 N/25 mm or more. An adhesive sheet having a peel strength against a glass plate of a predetermined value or more is suitable for bonding or fixing, for example, glass members. The upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less.
 ここで、上記剥離強度は、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板に圧着して23℃、50%RHの環境で30分間放置した後、剥離角度180度、引張速度300mm/分の条件で剥離強度を測定することにより把握される。測定にあたっては、必要に応じて、測定対象の粘着シートに適切な裏打ち材(例えば、厚さ25μm程度~50μm程度のポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム)を貼り付けて補強することができる。剥離強度は、より具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法に準じて測定することができる。 The peel strength is determined by pressing the sheet against an alkaline glass plate as an adherend, leaving it in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 30 minutes, and then measuring the peel strength at a peel angle of 180 degrees and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min. If necessary, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet to be measured can be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material (for example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of about 25 μm to about 50 μm) when making the measurement. More specifically, the peel strength can be measured according to the method described in the examples below.
 (耐湿熱白化性)
 ここに開示される粘着剤のいくつかの態様において、該粘着剤から形成された粘着剤層は、例えば、85℃、85%RHの湿熱環境下に240時間保持する湿熱試験後におけるヘイズ(湿熱後ヘイズ)が凡そ3.0%未満という耐湿熱白化性を示すものであり得る。いくつかの態様において、上記湿熱後ヘイズは、2.0%以下であることが好ましく、1.0%以下であることがより好ましく、0.8%以下であってもよく、0.6%以下であってもよく、0.5%以下であってもよく、0.4%以下であってもよく、0.3%以下または0.2%以下であってもよい。粘着剤層の湿熱後ヘイズは、後述する実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
 初期の(湿熱試験前の)ヘイズに対する上記湿熱後ヘイズの上昇量、すなわち湿熱後ヘイズ[%]-初期ヘイズ[%]は、例えば3.0%未満であってよく、2.0%以下または2.0%未満であることが好ましく、1.0%以下または1.0%未満であることがより好ましく、0.8%以下であってもよく、0.6%以下であってもよく、0.5%以下であってもよく、0.4%以下であってもよく、0.3%以下でもよく、0.2%以下でもよく、0.1%以下でもよく、0.1%未満でもよく、0.0%でもよい。
(Wet and heat whitening resistance)
In some embodiments of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive may exhibit resistance to wet heat whitening, for example, a haze (post-wet heat haze) of less than about 3.0% after a wet heat test in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is held in a wet heat environment of 85° C. and 85% RH for 240 hours. In some embodiments, the post-wet heat haze is preferably 2.0% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, and may be 0.8% or less, 0.6% or less, 0.5% or less, 0.4% or less, 0.3% or less, or 0.2% or less. The post-wet heat haze of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured by the method described in the Examples below.
The increase in the haze after wet heat test relative to the initial haze (before the wet heat test), i.e., haze after wet heat test [%] - initial haze [%], may be, for example, less than 3.0%, preferably 2.0% or less or less than 2.0%, more preferably 1.0% or less or less than 1.0%, may be 0.8% or less, may be 0.6% or less, may be 0.5% or less, may be 0.4% or less, may be 0.3% or less, may be 0.2% or less, may be 0.1% or less, may be less than 0.1%, or may be 0.0%.
 (粘着面の表面平滑性)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の表面(粘着面)は、高い表面平滑性を有することが好ましい。
(Surface smoothness of adhesive surface)
In some embodiments, it is preferable that the surface (adhesive surface) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has high surface smoothness.
 例えば、上記粘着面は、その算術平均粗さRaが所定値以下に制限されていることが好ましい。算術平均粗さRaが低くなるように設計された粘着面を備える構成は、光学的均質性の観点から好ましい。算術平均粗さRaを制限することにより、例えば上記粘着面を通じて光が取り出される使用態様(発光装置において自発光素子よりも視点側に配置される粘着シート等)において、粘着剤層の表面状態に起因する輝度ムラの発生を抑制する効果を発揮することができる。粘着面の算術平均粗さRaが低いことは、光学歪の抑制にも有利であり、光学歪の抑制もまた光学的均質性の向上に寄与する。ここに開示される粘着シートが第1粘着面および第2粘着面を有する両面粘着シートの形態である場合には、少なくとも第1粘着面の算術平均粗さRaが所定値以下に制限されていることが好ましく、両粘着面の算術平均粗さRaがいずれも所定値以下に制限されていることがより好ましい。両面粘着シートの各粘着面が高い表面平滑性を有することで、光学的均質性に優れた接着を好ましく実現し得る。 For example, the adhesive surface is preferably limited to a predetermined value or less in arithmetic mean roughness Ra. A configuration having an adhesive surface designed to have a low arithmetic mean roughness Ra is preferable from the viewpoint of optical homogeneity. By limiting the arithmetic mean roughness Ra, for example, in a usage mode in which light is extracted through the adhesive surface (such as an adhesive sheet arranged on the viewing side of the self-emitting element in a light-emitting device), it is possible to suppress the occurrence of luminance unevenness due to the surface condition of the adhesive layer. A low arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface is also advantageous in suppressing optical distortion, and suppressing optical distortion also contributes to improving optical homogeneity. When the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, it is preferable that the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of at least the first adhesive surface is limited to a predetermined value or less, and it is more preferable that the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of both adhesive surfaces is limited to a predetermined value or less. By having each adhesive surface of the double-sided adhesive sheet have high surface smoothness, adhesion with excellent optical homogeneity can be preferably realized.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着面の算術平均粗さRaは、好ましくは凡そ70nm以下であり、より好ましくは凡そ65nm以下であり、さらに好ましくは凡そ55nm以下であり、50nm未満であってもよく、45nm未満でもよく、40nm未満でもよい。生産効率等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着面の算術平均粗さRaは、例えば凡そ10nm以上であってよく、凡そ20nm以上でもよく、凡そ30nm以上(例えば凡そ40nm以上)でもよい。粘着シートが第1粘着面および第2粘着面を有する態様において、第1粘着面の算術平均粗さRaと第2粘着面の算術平均粗さRaとは、同程度であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In some embodiments, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface is preferably about 70 nm or less, more preferably about 65 nm or less, and even more preferably about 55 nm or less, and may be less than 50 nm, less than 45 nm, or less than 40 nm. From the viewpoint of production efficiency, etc., in some embodiments, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the adhesive surface may be, for example, about 10 nm or more, about 20 nm or more, or about 30 nm or more (e.g., about 40 nm or more). In an embodiment in which the adhesive sheet has a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the first adhesive surface and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the second adhesive surface may be about the same or different.
 また、例えば、上記粘着面は、最大高さRzが所定値以下に制限されていることが好ましい。最大高さRzが低くなるよう設計された粘着面を備える構成は、光学的均質性の観点から好ましい。最大高さRzを制限することにより、例えば上述のように上記粘着面を通じて光が取り出される使用態様において、粘着剤層の表面状態に起因する輝度ムラの発生を抑制する効果を発揮することができる。粘着面の最大高さRzが低いことは、光学歪の抑制にも有利である。ここに開示される粘着シートが第1粘着面および第2粘着面を有する両面粘着シートの形態である場合は、少なくとも第1粘着面の最大高さRzが所定値以下に制限されていることが好ましく、両粘着面の最大高さRzがいずれも所定値以下に制限されていることがより好ましい。両面粘着シートの各粘着面が高い表面平滑性を有することで、光学的均質性に優れた接着を好ましく実現し得る。 Furthermore, for example, it is preferable that the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface is limited to a predetermined value or less. A configuration having an adhesive surface designed to have a low maximum height Rz is preferable from the viewpoint of optical homogeneity. By limiting the maximum height Rz, for example, in a usage mode in which light is extracted through the adhesive surface as described above, it is possible to exert an effect of suppressing the occurrence of luminance unevenness due to the surface condition of the adhesive layer. A low maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface is also advantageous in suppressing optical distortion. When the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is in the form of a double-sided adhesive sheet having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, it is preferable that the maximum height Rz of at least the first adhesive surface is limited to a predetermined value or less, and it is more preferable that the maximum heights Rz of both adhesive surfaces are both limited to a predetermined value or less. By having each adhesive surface of the double-sided adhesive sheet have high surface smoothness, adhesion with excellent optical homogeneity can be preferably realized.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着面の最大高さRzは、好ましくは凡そ600nm以下であり、より好ましくは凡そ500nm以下であり、さらに好ましくは凡そ450nm以下であり、特に好ましくは凡そ400nm以下であり、350nm未満であってもよく、300nm未満でもよく、250nm未満でもよい。生産効率等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着面の最大高さRzは、例えば凡そ10nm以上であってよく、凡そ50nm以上でもよく、凡そ100nm以上でもよく、凡そ200nm以上でもよい。第1粘着面および第2粘着面を有する態様において、第1粘着面の最大高さRzと第2粘着面の最大高さRzとは、同程度であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In some embodiments, the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface is preferably about 600 nm or less, more preferably about 500 nm or less, even more preferably about 450 nm or less, and particularly preferably about 400 nm or less, and may be less than 350 nm, less than 300 nm, or less than 250 nm. From the viewpoint of production efficiency, etc., in some embodiments, the maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface may be, for example, about 10 nm or more, about 50 nm or more, about 100 nm or more, or about 200 nm or more. In an embodiment having a first adhesive surface and a second adhesive surface, the maximum height Rz of the first adhesive surface and the maximum height Rz of the second adhesive surface may be about the same or different.
 粘着面の算術平均粗さRaおよび最大高さRzは、非接触式の表面粗さ測定装置を用いて測定される。非接触式の表面粗さ測定装置としては、光干渉方式の表面粗さ測定装置が用いられ、例えば3次元光学プロファイラー(商品名「NewView7300」、ZYGO社製)またはその相当品を使用することができる。具体的には、例えば以下の測定方法により、または該測定方法による場合と同等もしくは対応する結果が得られるように測定操作や測定条件を設定して、算術平均粗さRaおよび最大高さRzを測定することができる。 The arithmetic mean roughness Ra and maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface are measured using a non-contact surface roughness measuring device. As a non-contact surface roughness measuring device, a light interference type surface roughness measuring device can be used, for example, a 3D optical profiler (product name "NewView7300", manufactured by ZYGO) or an equivalent product. Specifically, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra and maximum height Rz can be measured, for example, by the following measurement method, or by setting the measurement operation and measurement conditions so as to obtain results equivalent to or corresponding to those obtained by the measurement method.
 すなわち、23℃、50%RHの環境下において、3次元光学プロファイラー(商品名「NewView7300」、ZYGO社製)を用いて、測定用サンプルの表面形状を以下の条件で測定する。測定したデータから算術表面粗さRaを、JIS B 0601-2001に準じて算出する。最大高さRzは、上記測定により得られたデータ(粗さ曲線)について、該粗さ曲線の平均線から上側に最も高い山の高さRpと、上記平均線から下側に最も深い谷の深さRvとの和として求める。測定は5回行い(すなわちN=5)、それらの平均値を使用する。
 上記測定用サンプルは、例えば、測定対象の粘着剤層または該粘着剤層を含む粘着シートを長さ150mm、幅50mm程度のサイズにカットして調製することができる。粘着面が剥離ライナーで保護されている場合は、該剥離ライナーを静かに(例えば、引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180°の条件で)剥がして粘着面を露出させる。粘着面を露出させてから30分間程度静置した後に測定を行うことが望ましい。
  [測定条件]
  測定面積:5.62mm×4.22mm
  (対物レンズ:2.5倍、内部レンズ:0.5倍)
  解析モード:
   Remove: Cylinder
   Data Fill: ON(Max:25)
   Remove Spikes: ON (xRMS:1)
   Filter: OFF
That is, in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, a three-dimensional optical profiler (product name "NewView7300", manufactured by ZYGO Corporation) is used to measure the surface shape of the measurement sample under the following conditions. From the measured data, the arithmetic surface roughness Ra is calculated in accordance with JIS B 0601-2001. The maximum height Rz is calculated as the sum of the height Rp of the highest peak above the average line of the roughness curve obtained by the above measurement (roughness curve) and the depth Rv of the deepest valley below the average line. The measurement is performed five times (i.e., N=5), and the average value thereof is used.
The above-mentioned measurement sample can be prepared, for example, by cutting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be measured or the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to a size of about 150 mm in length and 50 mm in width. If the adhesive surface is protected by a release liner, the release liner is gently peeled off (for example, under conditions of a pulling speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180°) to expose the adhesive surface. It is desirable to leave the exposed adhesive surface for about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement.
[Measurement condition]
Measurement area: 5.62 mm x 4.22 mm
(Objective lens: 2.5x, internal lens: 0.5x)
Analysis mode:
Remove: Cylinder
Data Fill: ON (Max: 25)
Remove Spikes: ON (xRMS:1)
Filter: OFF
 粘着面の算術平均粗さRaおよび最大高さRzは、粘着剤層の形成に用いる粘着剤組成物の組成や性状(粘度、レベリング性等)、粘着剤層の形成方法、粘着面を保護する剥離ライナーの表面(剥離面)の性状、等によって調節され得る。 The arithmetic mean roughness Ra and maximum height Rz of the adhesive surface can be adjusted by the composition and properties (viscosity, leveling properties, etc.) of the adhesive composition used to form the adhesive layer, the method of forming the adhesive layer, the properties of the surface (release surface) of the release liner that protects the adhesive surface, etc.
<支持基材>
 いくつかの態様に係る粘着シートは、支持基材の片面または両面に粘着剤層を備える基材付き粘着シートの形態であり得る。支持基材の材質は特に限定されず、粘着シートの使用目的や使用態様等に応じて適宜選択することができる。使用し得る基材の非限定的な例として、ポリプロピレン(PP)やエチレン-プロピレン共重合体等のポリオレフィンを主成分とするポリオレフィンフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステルを主成分とするポリエステルフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルを主成分とするポリ塩化ビニルフィルム等のプラスチックフィルム;ポリウレタンフォーム、ポリエチレン(PE)フォーム、ポリクロロプレンフォーム等の発泡体からなる発泡体シート;各種の繊維状物質(麻、綿等の天然繊維、ポリエステル、ビニロン等の合成繊維、アセテート等の半合成繊維、等であり得る。)の単独または混紡等による織布および不織布;和紙、上質紙、クラフト紙、クレープ紙等の紙類;アルミニウム箔、銅箔等の金属箔;等が挙げられる。これらを複合した構成の基材であってもよい。このような複合基材の例として、例えば、金属箔と上記プラスチックフィルムとが積層した構造の基材、ガラスクロス等の無機繊維で強化されたプラスチック基材等が挙げられる。
<Support substrate>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to some embodiments may be in the form of a substrate-attached pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on one or both sides of a support substrate. The material of the support substrate is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose and mode of use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Non-limiting examples of substrates that can be used include plastic films such as polyolefin films mainly composed of polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) and ethylene-propylene copolymers, polyester films mainly composed of polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polyvinyl chloride films mainly composed of polyvinyl chloride; foam sheets made of foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, and polychloroprene foam; woven and nonwoven fabrics made by single or mixed spinning of various fibrous materials (natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.); papers such as Japanese paper, fine paper, craft paper, and crepe paper; metal foils such as aluminum foil and copper foil; and the like. The substrate may be a composite of these. Examples of such composite substrates include substrates having a structure in which a metal foil and the above-mentioned plastic film are laminated together, and plastic substrates reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth.
 いくつかの態様において、各種のフィルム基材を好ましく用いることができる。上記フィルム基材は、発泡体フィルムや不織布シート等のように多孔質の基材であってもよく、非多孔質の基材であってもよく、多孔質の層と非多孔質の層とが積層した構造の基材であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記フィルム基材としては、独立して形状維持可能な(自立型の、あるいは非依存性の)樹脂フィルムをベースフィルムとして含むものを好ましく用いることができる。ここで「樹脂フィルム」とは、非多孔質の構造であって、典型的には実質的に気泡を含まない(ボイドレスの)樹脂フィルムを意味する。したがって、上記樹脂フィルムは、発泡体フィルムや不織布とは区別される概念である。上記樹脂フィルムとしては、独立して形状維持可能な(自立型の、あるいは非依存性の)ものが好ましく用いられ得る。上記樹脂フィルムは、単層構造であってもよく、2層以上の多層構造(例えば、3層構造)であってもよい。 In some embodiments, various film substrates can be preferably used. The film substrate may be a porous substrate such as a foam film or a nonwoven sheet, or may be a nonporous substrate, or may be a substrate having a structure in which a porous layer and a nonporous layer are laminated. In some embodiments, the film substrate may preferably be one that includes a resin film that can independently maintain its shape (self-supporting or independent) as a base film. Here, the term "resin film" refers to a resin film that has a nonporous structure and typically does not substantially contain air bubbles (voidless). Therefore, the resin film is a concept that is distinct from foam films and nonwoven fabrics. As the resin film, one that can independently maintain its shape (self-supporting or independent) can be preferably used. The resin film may be a single-layer structure, or may be a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).
 樹脂フィルムを構成する樹脂材料としては、例えば、ポリエステル;ポリオレフィン;ノルボルネン構造等の脂肪族環構造を有するモノマーに由来するポリシクロオレフィン;ナイロン6、ナイロン66、部分芳香族ポリアミド等のポリアミド(PA);透明ポリイミド(CPI)等のポリイミド(PI);ポリアミドイミド(PAI);ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK);ポリエーテルスルホン(PES);ポリフェニレンサルファイド(PPS);ポリカーボネート(PC);ポリウレタン(PU);エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体(EVA);ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂;アクリル樹脂;トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)等のセルロース系ポリマー;ポリアリレート;ポリスチレン;ポリ塩化ビニル;ポリ塩化ビニリデン;等の樹脂を用いることができる。 The resin material constituting the resin film may be, for example, polyester; polyolefin; polycycloolefin derived from a monomer having an aliphatic ring structure such as a norbornene structure; polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, partially aromatic polyamide; polyimide (PI) such as transparent polyimide (CPI); polyamideimide (PAI); polyetheretherketone (PEEK); polyethersulfone (PES); polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); polycarbonate (PC); polyurethane (PU); ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); acrylic resin; cellulose-based polymers such as triacetyl cellulose (TAC); polyarylate; polystyrene; polyvinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride; and other resins.
 上記樹脂フィルムは、このような樹脂の1種を単独で含む樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものであってもよく、2種以上がブレンドされた樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものであってもよい。上記樹脂フィルムは、無延伸であってもよく、延伸(例えば一軸延伸または二軸延伸)されたものであってもよい。例えば、PETフィルム、PBTフィルム、PENフィルム、無延伸ポリプロピレン(CPP)フィルム、二軸延伸ポリプロピレン(OPP)フィルム、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)フィルム、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)フィルム、PP/PEブレンドフィルム、シクロオレフィンポリマー(COP)フィルム、CPIフィルム、TACフィルム等が好ましく用いられ得る。強度や寸法安定性の観点から好ましい樹脂フィルムの例として、PETフィルム、PENフィルム、PPSフィルムおよびPEEKフィルムが挙げられる。入手容易性等の観点からPETフィルムおよびPPSフィルムが特に好ましく、なかでもPETフィルムが好ましい。 The resin film may be formed using a resin material containing one of these resins alone, or may be formed using a resin material containing two or more of these resins blended together. The resin film may be unstretched or stretched (e.g., uniaxially or biaxially stretched). For example, PET film, PBT film, PEN film, unstretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially oriented polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, PP/PE blend film, cycloolefin polymer (COP) film, CPI film, TAC film, etc., may be preferably used. Examples of resin films that are preferable from the viewpoint of strength and dimensional stability include PET film, PEN film, PPS film, and PEEK film. From the viewpoint of availability, etc., PET film and PPS film are particularly preferable, and PET film is particularly preferable.
 樹脂フィルムには、本発明の効果が著しく妨げられない範囲で、光安定剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、着色剤(染料、顔料等)、充填材、スリップ剤、アンチブロッキング剤等の公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて配合することができる。添加剤の配合量は特に限定されず、粘着シートの用途等に応じて適宜設定することができる。  The resin film can contain known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, and antiblocking agents, as necessary, to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly impeded. The amount of additives to be added is not particularly limited, and can be set appropriately depending on the application of the adhesive sheet, etc.
 樹脂フィルムの製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、押出成形、インフレーション成形、Tダイキャスト成形、カレンダーロール成形等の、従来公知の一般的な樹脂フィルム成形方法を適宜採用することができる。 The method for producing the resin film is not particularly limited. For example, conventional resin film molding methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting molding, and calendar roll molding can be appropriately used.
 上記基材は、このようなベースフィルムから実質的に構成されたものであり得る。あるいは、上記基材は、上記ベースフィルムの他に、補助的な層を含むものであってもよい。上記補助的な層の例としては、光学特性調整層(例えば着色層、反射防止層)、基材に所望の外観を付与するための印刷層やラミネート層、帯電防止層、下塗り層、剥離層等の表面処理層が挙げられる。 The substrate may be substantially composed of such a base film. Alternatively, the substrate may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the base film. Examples of the auxiliary layer include an optical property adjusting layer (e.g., a coloring layer, an anti-reflection layer), a printing layer or a lamination layer for imparting a desired appearance to the substrate, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer, a release layer, and other surface treatment layers.
 いくつかの態様において、支持基材としては、光透過性を有する基材(以下、光透過性基材ともいう。)を好ましく採用し得る。これにより、光透過性を有する基材付き粘着シートを構成することが可能となる。光透過性基材の全光線透過率は、例えば50%超であってよく、70%以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、支持基材の全光線透過率は80%以上であり、より好ましくは90%以上であり、95%以上(例えば95~100%)であってもよい。上記全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。上記光透過性基材の好適例として、光透過性を有する樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。上記光透過性基材は、光学フィルムであってもよい。 In some embodiments, a substrate having optical transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as an optically transparent substrate) may be preferably used as the support substrate. This makes it possible to form an adhesive sheet with an optically transparent substrate. The total light transmittance of the optically transparent substrate may be, for example, more than 50%, or may be 70% or more. In some preferred embodiments, the total light transmittance of the support substrate is 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and may be 95% or more (for example, 95 to 100%). The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, a product name "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or an equivalent product is used. A suitable example of the optically transparent substrate is a resin film having optical transparency. The optically transparent substrate may be an optical film.
 基材の厚さは、特に限定されず、粘着シートの使用目的や使用態様等に応じて選択し得る。基材の厚さは、例えば500μm以下であってよく、粘着シートの取扱い性や加工性の観点から300μm以下であることが好ましく、150μm以下でもよく、100μm以下でもよく、50μm以下でもよく、25μm以下でもよく、10μm以下でもよい。基材の厚さが小さくなると、被着体の表面形状への追従性が向上する傾向にある。また、取扱い性や加工性等の観点から、基材の厚さは、例えば2μm以上であってよく、10μm以上でもよく、25μm以上でもよい。 The thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited and may be selected depending on the purpose and manner of use of the adhesive sheet. The thickness of the substrate may be, for example, 500 μm or less, and from the viewpoint of the handleability and processability of the adhesive sheet, it is preferably 300 μm or less, and may be 150 μm or less, 100 μm or less, 50 μm or less, 25 μm or less, or 10 μm or less. As the thickness of the substrate decreases, there is a tendency for the substrate to be able to conform to the surface shape of the adherend to improve. Also, from the viewpoint of handleability and processability, the thickness of the substrate may be, for example, 2 μm or more, 10 μm or more, or 25 μm or more.
 基材のうち粘着剤層が積層される側の面には、必要に応じて、コロナ放電処理、プラズマ処理、紫外線照射処理、酸処理、アルカリ処理、下塗り剤(プライマー)の塗布による下塗り層の形成等の、従来公知の表面処理が施されていてもよい。このような表面処理は、粘着剤層の基材への投錨性を向上させるための処理であり得る。下塗り層の形成に用いるプライマーの組成は特に限定されず、公知のものから適宜選択することができる。下塗り層の厚さは特に制限されないが、通常、0.01μm~1μm程度が適当であり、0.1μm~1μm程度が好ましい。必要に応じて基材に施され得る他の処理として、帯電防止層形成処理、着色層形成処理、印刷処理等が挙げられる。これらの処理は、単独でまたは組み合わせて適用することができる。 The surface of the substrate on which the adhesive layer is laminated may be subjected to a conventionally known surface treatment, such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, or formation of an undercoat layer by applying an undercoat agent (primer), as necessary. Such a surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the anchoring ability of the adhesive layer to the substrate. The composition of the primer used to form the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known ones. The thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but is usually appropriate to be about 0.01 μm to 1 μm, and preferably about 0.1 μm to 1 μm. Other treatments that may be applied to the substrate as necessary include antistatic layer formation treatment, colored layer formation treatment, printing treatment, etc. These treatments may be applied alone or in combination.
<剥離ライナー付き粘着シート>
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、粘着剤層の表面(粘着面)を剥離ライナーの剥離面に当接させた粘着製品の形態をとり得る。したがって、この明細書により、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着シートと、該粘着シートの粘着面に当接する剥離面を有する剥離ライナーと、を含む剥離ライナー付き粘着シート(粘着製品)が提供される。
<Adhesive sheet with release liner>
The PSA sheet disclosed herein may take the form of a PSA product in which the surface (adhesive surface) of a PSA layer is in contact with the release surface of a release liner. Thus, this specification provides a PSA sheet with a release liner (adhesive product) that includes any of the PSA sheets disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface in contact with the adhesive surface of the PSA sheet.
 剥離ライナーとしては、特に限定されず、例えば、樹脂フィルムや紙(ポリエチレン等の樹脂がラミネートされた紙であり得る。)等のライナー基材の表面に剥離層を有する剥離ライナーや、フッ素系ポリマー(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン等)やポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等)のような低接着性材料により形成された樹脂フィルムからなる剥離ライナー等を用いることができる。表面平滑性に優れることから、ライナー基材としての樹脂フィルムの表面に剥離層を有する剥離ライナーや、低接着性材料により形成された樹脂フィルムからなる剥離ライナーを好ましく採用し得る。樹脂フィルムとしては、粘着剤層を保護し得るフィルムであれば特に限定されず、例えば、ポリエチレン(PE)フィルム、ポリプロピレン(PP)フィルム、ポリブテンフィルム、ポリブタジエンフィルム、ポリメチルペンテンフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルフィルム、塩化ビニル共重合体フィルム、ポリエステルフィルム(PETフィルム、PBTフィルム等)、ポリウレタンフィルム、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体フィルム等が挙げられる。上記剥離層の形成には、例えば、シリコーン系剥離処理剤、長鎖アルキル系剥離処理剤、オレフィン系剥離処理剤、フッ素系剥離処理剤、脂肪酸アミド系剥離処理剤、硫化モリブデン、シリカ粉等の、公知の剥離処理剤を用いることができる。 The release liner is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper (which may be paper laminated with a resin such as polyethylene), and a release liner made of a resin film formed from a low-adhesion material such as a fluorine-based polymer (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or a polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.). Because of their excellent surface smoothness, release liners having a release layer on the surface of a resin film as a liner substrate and release liners made of a resin film formed from a low-adhesion material can be preferably used. The resin film is not particularly limited as long as it is a film that can protect the adhesive layer, and examples thereof include polyethylene (PE) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, polyvinyl chloride film, vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, etc. To form the release layer, known release agents can be used, such as silicone-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, olefin-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, molybdenum sulfide, and silica powder.
<用途>
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、各種の被着体に貼り合わせて用いられ得る。上記被着体の構成材料(被着体材料)としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、銅、銀、金、鉄、錫、パラジウム、アルミニウム、ニッケル、チタン、クロム、インジウム、亜鉛等、またはこれらの2種以上を含む合金等の金属材料や、例えばポリイミド系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、ポリエーテルニトリル系樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂(PET系樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート系樹脂等)、ポリ塩化ビニル系樹脂、ポリフェニレンサルファイド系樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂(いわゆるアラミド樹脂等)、ポリアリレート系樹脂、フッ素系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、ジアセチルセルロースやトリアセチルセルロース等のセルロース系ポリマー、ビニルブチラール系ポリマー、液晶ポリマー、グラフェン等のカーボン材料等の各種樹脂材料(典型的にはプラスチック材)、アルミナ、ジルコニア、チタニア、SiO、ITO(酸化インジウムスズ)、ATO(アンチモンドープ酸化スズ)等の金属酸化物及びその混合物、窒化アルミニウム、窒化ケイ素、窒化チタン、窒化ガリウム、窒化インジウム等の窒化物及びその複合物、アルカリガラス、無アルカリガラス、石英ガラス、ホウケイ酸ガラス、サファイアガラスカーボン等の無機材料等が挙げられる。ここに開示される粘着剤は、少なくとも表面が上記材料から構成された部材(例えば光学部材)に貼り付けられて用いられ得る。
<Applications>
The adhesive disclosed herein can be used by being attached to various adherends. The constituent material of the adherend (adherend material) is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, metal materials such as copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, chromium, indium, zinc, etc., or alloys containing two or more of these, or various resin materials (typically plastic materials) such as polyimide resins, acrylic resins, polyethernitrile resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyester resins (PET resins, polyethylene naphthalate resins, etc.), polyvinyl chloride resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, polyether ether ketone resins, polyamide resins (so-called aramid resins, etc.), polyarylate resins, fluorine resins, polycarbonate resins, cellulose polymers such as diacetyl cellulose and triacetyl cellulose, vinyl butyral polymers, liquid crystal polymers, and carbon materials such as graphene, etc., alumina, zirconia, titania, SiO 2 Examples of such materials include metal oxides and mixtures thereof, such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and ATO (antimony-doped tin oxide), nitrides and composites thereof, such as aluminum nitride, silicon nitride, titanium nitride, gallium nitride, and indium nitride, and inorganic materials, such as alkali glass, non-alkali glass, quartz glass, borosilicate glass, and sapphire glass carbon. The adhesive disclosed herein can be used by being attached to a member (e.g., an optical member) having at least a surface made of the above material.
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、被着体に貼り合わせた後、室温程度の温度域(例えば20℃~35℃)よりも高い温度に加熱する処理を必要としない貼付け態様で用いられ得る。また、被着体の種類等に応じて許容される場合には、被着体への貼り合わせ後、貼り合わせの時点、および貼り合わせ前の、少なくともいずれかのタイミングで加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱処理は、粘着剤の被着体への密着性向上や接着促進等の目的で行うことができる。加熱処理温度は、粘着シートの構成材料や被着体の種類に応じて許容される範囲で、被着体の表面状態等を考慮して、所望の効果が得られるように適宜設定することができ、例えば100℃程度またはそれ以下であってよく、80℃以下でもよく、60℃以下でもよく、50℃以下でもよい。 The adhesives disclosed herein can be used in a bonding mode that does not require heating to a temperature higher than room temperature (e.g., 20°C to 35°C) after bonding to an adherend. Furthermore, if permissible depending on the type of adherend, etc., heat treatment may be performed at least at any one of the following times: after bonding to the adherend, at the time of bonding, and before bonding. Heat treatment can be performed for the purpose of improving the adhesiveness to the adherend and promoting adhesion. The heat treatment temperature can be set appropriately so as to obtain the desired effect, within a range permissible depending on the constituent material of the adhesive sheet and the type of adherend, taking into account the surface condition of the adherend, etc., and may be, for example, about 100°C or less, 80°C or less, 60°C or less, or 50°C or less.
 粘着剤の貼り付け対象である部材や材料は、光透過性を有するものであり得る。このような被着体では、ここに開示される粘着剤が高透明性であり得ることの利点が得られやすい。上記被着体の全光線透過率は、例えば50%超であってよく、70%以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、上記被着体の全光線透過率は80%以上であり、より好ましくは90%以上であり、さらに好ましくは95%以上(例えば95~100%)である。ここに開示される粘着剤は、全光線透過率が所定値以上の被着体(例えば光学部材)に貼り付ける態様で好ましく用いられ得る。上記全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。 The member or material to which the adhesive is applied may be light-transmitting. With such an adherend, the advantage of the adhesive disclosed herein being highly transparent is easily obtained. The total light transmittance of the adherend may be, for example, more than 50%, or may be 70% or more. In some preferred embodiments, the total light transmittance of the adherend is 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and even more preferably 95% or more (e.g., 95 to 100%). The adhesive disclosed herein may be preferably used in an embodiment in which it is applied to an adherend (e.g., an optical member) having a total light transmittance of a predetermined value or more. The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, a product named "HAZEMETER HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or an equivalent product is used.
 被着体の屈折率と、該被着体に当接して配置される粘着剤層の屈折率とは、同程度であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。例えば、被着体の屈折率に対して粘着剤層の屈折率を相対的に低くすることにより、粘着剤層側から被着体に入射する光を正面側に屈折させ、正面輝度を高めることができる。一方、粘着剤層と被着体との屈折率差を小さくすることにより、界面での光反射を抑制することができる。被着体の屈折率は、粘着剤の屈折率と同様の方法で測定され得る。 The refractive index of the adherend and the refractive index of the adhesive layer placed in contact with the adherend may be similar or different. For example, by making the refractive index of the adhesive layer relatively low compared to the refractive index of the adherend, light incident on the adherend from the adhesive layer side can be refracted to the front side, thereby increasing the front brightness. On the other hand, by reducing the difference in refractive index between the adhesive layer and the adherend, light reflection at the interface can be suppressed. The refractive index of the adherend can be measured in the same manner as the refractive index of the adhesive.
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、上記被着体は、上述したいずれかの全光線透過率を有するものであり得る。このような被着体に粘着剤が貼り付けられるかまたは積層された形態の光学製品(例えば発光装置)において、ここに開示される技術による効果は特に好ましく発揮される。 In some preferred embodiments, the adherend may have any of the total light transmittances described above. The effects of the technology disclosed herein are particularly favorable in optical products (e.g., light-emitting devices) in which an adhesive is attached or laminated to such an adherend.
 好ましい用途の一例として、光学用途が挙げられる。より具体的には、例えば、光学部材を貼り合わせる用途(光学部材貼り合わせ用)や上記光学部材が用いられた製品(光学製品)の製造用途等に用いられる光学用粘着シートとして、ここに開示される粘着シートを好ましく用いることができる。上記光学製品は、いわゆる偏光板レスの構成であってもよい。例えば、光源を備える光学製品において、光源(有機ELパネル等)から視認側が偏光度80%以下の層のみにより構成された光学製品であり得る。 An example of a preferred application is an optical application. More specifically, the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used as an optical adhesive sheet used for bonding optical members (for bonding optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the optical members. The optical product may have a so-called polarizing plate-less configuration. For example, in an optical product equipped with a light source, the optical product may be an optical product in which the viewing side from the light source (such as an organic EL panel) is composed only of a layer with a polarization degree of 80% or less.
 上記光学部材とは、光学的特性(例えば、偏光性、光屈折性、光散乱性、光反射性、光透過性、光吸収性、光回折性、旋光性、視認性等)を有する部材をいう。上記光学部材としては、光学的特性を有する部材であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、表示装置(画像表示装置)、入力装置等の機器(光学機器)を構成する部材またはこれらの機器に用いられる部材が挙げられ、例えば、偏光板、波長板、位相差板、光学補償フィルム、輝度向上フィルム、導光板、反射フィルム、反射防止フィルム、ハードコート(HC)フィルム、衝撃吸収フィルム、防汚フィルム、フォトクロミックフィルム、調光フィルム、透明導電フィルム(ITOフィルム)、意匠フィルム、装飾フィルム、表面保護板、プリズム、レンズ、カラーフィルター、透明基板や、さらにはこれらが積層されている部材(これらを総称して「機能性フィルム」と称する場合がある。)等が挙げられる。なお、上記の「板」および「フィルム」は、それぞれ板状、フィルム状、シート状等の形態を含むものとし、例えば、「偏光フィルム」は、「偏光板」や「偏光シート」等を含み、「導光板」は、「導光フィルム」や「導光シート」等を含むものとする。また、上記「偏光板」は、円偏光板を含むものとする。 The optical components mentioned above are components that have optical properties (e.g., polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflectivity, light transmission, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.). The optical components mentioned above are not particularly limited as long as they have optical properties, but examples include components that constitute devices (optical devices) such as display devices (image display devices) and input devices, or components used in these devices, such as polarizing plates, wave plates, retardation plates, optical compensation films, brightness enhancement films, light guide plates, reflective films, anti-reflective films, hard coat (HC) films, impact absorbing films, antifouling films, photochromic films, light control films, transparent conductive films (ITO films), design films, decorative films, surface protection plates, prisms, lenses, color filters, transparent substrates, and further components in which these are laminated (these may be collectively referred to as "functional films"). The above terms "plate" and "film" each include plate-like, film-like, sheet-like, and other shapes. For example, "polarizing film" includes "polarizing plate" and "polarizing sheet", and "light guide plate" includes "light guide film" and "light guide sheet". Furthermore, the above term "polarizing plate" includes a circular polarizing plate.
 上記表示装置としては、例えば、液晶表示装置、有機EL(エレクトロルミネッセンス)表示装置、マイクロLED(μLED)、ミニLED(miniLED)、PDP(プラズマディスプレイパネル)、電子ペーパーなどが挙げられる。また、上記入力装置としては、タッチパネルなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the display device include liquid crystal display devices, organic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, micro LEDs (μLEDs), mini LEDs, plasma display panels (PDPs), electronic paper, etc. Examples of the input device include touch panels, etc.
 上記光学部材としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ガラス、アクリル樹脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、金属薄膜等からなる部材(例えば、シート状やフィルム状、板状の部材)等が挙げられる。なお、この明細書における「光学部材」には、表示装置や入力装置の視認性を保ちながら加飾や保護の役割を担う部材(意匠フィルム、装飾フィルムや表面保護フィルム等)も含むものとする。 The optical members are not particularly limited, but examples include members made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, metal thin film, etc. (e.g., sheet-like, film-like, or plate-like members). Note that in this specification, "optical members" also includes members that play a role in decorating or protecting the display device or input device while maintaining its visibility (design films, decorative films, surface protection films, etc.).
 ここに開示される粘着剤(該粘着剤を含む粘着シートの形態であり得る。)は、例えば、光の透過、反射、拡散、導波、集光、回折等の1または2以上の機能を有するフィルムや蛍光フィルム等の光学フィルムと、他の光学部材(他の光学フィルムであり得る。)との間に配置される態様で用いることができ、好ましくは上記光学フィルムと上記他の光学部材とを接合するために用いられ得る。なかでも、光の導波、集光、回折の少なくとも1つの機能を有する光学フィルムの接合においては、接合層のバルク全体が低屈折率であることが望ましい。 The adhesive disclosed herein (which may be in the form of an adhesive sheet containing the adhesive) may be used, for example, in a form in which it is disposed between an optical film, such as a film having one or more functions of light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguiding, focusing, diffraction, etc., or a fluorescent film, and another optical member (which may be another optical film), and may preferably be used to bond the optical film to the other optical member. In particular, in bonding optical films having at least one function of light guiding, focusing, and diffraction, it is desirable for the entire bulk of the bonding layer to have a low refractive index.
 ここに開示される粘着剤層は、例えば、導光フィルム、拡散フィルム、蛍光フィルム、調色フィルム、プリズムシート、レンチキュラーフィルム、マイクロレンズアレイフィルム等の光学フィルムの接合に好ましく用いられ得る。これらの用途では、光学部材の小型化の傾向や高性能化の観点から、薄型化や光取出し効率の向上が求められている。かかる要請に応え得る粘着剤層として、ここに開示される粘着剤層は好ましく利用され得る。より詳しくは、例えば導光フィルムや拡散フィルムの接合では、接合層としての粘着剤層の屈折率を調整(例えば低屈折率化)することによって薄型化に寄与し得る。蛍光フィルムの接合では、蛍光発光体と粘着剤との屈折率差を適切に調整することにより、光取出し効率(発光効率としても把握され得る。)を向上させることができる。調色フィルムの接合では、調色用顔料との屈折率差が小さくなるように粘着剤の屈折率を適切に調整することで散乱成分を低減し、光透過性の向上に貢献し得る。プリズムシート、レンチキュラーフィルム、マイクロレンズアレイフィルム等の接合においては、粘着剤の屈折率を適切に調整することにより、光の回折を制御し、輝度および/または視野角の向上に貢献し得る。 The adhesive layer disclosed herein can be preferably used for bonding optical films such as light-guiding films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, color-changing films, prism sheets, lenticular films, and microlens array films. In these applications, there is a demand for thinner films and improved light extraction efficiency in view of the trend toward miniaturization of optical components and the need for higher performance. The adhesive layer disclosed herein can be preferably used as an adhesive layer that can meet such demands. More specifically, for example, in bonding light-guiding films and diffusion films, adjusting the refractive index of the adhesive layer as a bonding layer (for example, lowering the refractive index) can contribute to thinner films. In bonding fluorescent films, the light extraction efficiency (which can also be understood as luminous efficiency) can be improved by appropriately adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent emitter and the adhesive. In bonding color-changing films, the refractive index of the adhesive can be appropriately adjusted so that the refractive index difference with the color-changing pigment is small, thereby reducing scattered components and contributing to improved light transmittance. When bonding prism sheets, lenticular films, microlens array films, etc., the refractive index of the adhesive can be appropriately adjusted to control the diffraction of light, contributing to improved brightness and/or viewing angle.
 ここに開示される粘着剤層を用いて光学部材を貼り合わせる態様としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、(1)ここに開示される粘着剤層を介して光学部材同士を貼り合わせる態様や、(2)ここに開示される粘着剤層を介して光学部材を光学部材以外の部材に貼り合わせる態様であってもよいし、(3)ここに開示される粘着剤層が光学部材を含む粘着シートの形態であって該粘着シートを光学部材または光学部材以外の部材に貼り合わせる態様であってもよい。なお、上記(3)の態様において、光学部材を含む形態の粘着シートは、例えば、支持体が光学部材(例えば、光学フィルム)である粘着シートであり得る。このように支持体として光学部材を含む形態の粘着シートは、粘着型光学部材(例えば、粘着型光学フィルム)としても把握され得る。また、ここに開示される粘着剤層が支持体を有するタイプの粘着シートを構成しており、上記支持体として上記機能性フィルムを用いた場合には、該粘着シートは、機能性フィルムの少なくとも片面側にここに開示される粘着剤層を有する「粘着型機能性フィルム」としても把握され得る。 The mode of bonding optical members using the adhesive layer disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, (1) a mode in which optical members are bonded to each other via the adhesive layer disclosed herein, (2) a mode in which an optical member is bonded to a member other than an optical member via the adhesive layer disclosed herein, or (3) a mode in which the adhesive layer disclosed herein is in the form of an adhesive sheet containing an optical member, and the adhesive sheet is bonded to an optical member or a member other than an optical member. In the above mode (3), the adhesive sheet in the form containing an optical member may be, for example, an adhesive sheet whose support is an optical member (e.g., an optical film). In this way, an adhesive sheet in the form containing an optical member as a support may also be understood as an adhesive-type optical member (e.g., an adhesive-type optical film). In addition, when the adhesive layer disclosed herein constitutes an adhesive sheet having a support, and the functional film is used as the support, the adhesive sheet may also be understood as an "adhesive-type functional film" having the adhesive layer disclosed herein on at least one side of the functional film.
 上記より、ここに開示される技術によると、ここに開示される粘着剤層と、該粘着シートが貼り付けられた部材(例えば、光学フィルム等の樹脂フィルム)とを備える光学積層体が提供される。粘着剤層が貼り付けられる部材は、上述した被着体材料の屈折率を有するものであり得る。また、粘着剤層の屈折率と部材の屈折率との差(屈折率差)は、上述した被着体と粘着剤層との屈折率差であり得る。積層体を構成する部材については、上述の部材、材料、被着体として説明したとおりであるので、重複する説明は繰り返さない。 As described above, the technology disclosed herein provides an optical laminate comprising the adhesive layer disclosed herein and a member (e.g., a resin film such as an optical film) to which the adhesive sheet is attached. The member to which the adhesive layer is attached may have the refractive index of the adherend material described above. Furthermore, the difference (refractive index difference) between the refractive index of the adhesive layer and the refractive index of the member may be the refractive index difference between the adherend and the adhesive layer described above. The members constituting the laminate are as described above as the members, materials, and adherends, and therefore redundant description will not be repeated.
 以上の説明および以下の実施例から理解されるように、この明細書により開示される事項には以下のものが含まれる。
 〔1〕 屈折率が1.450以下であり、かつ、-20℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))が2.0×10Pa以下である、粘着剤。
 〔2〕 破断時伸び(E)[%]に対する上記貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))[Pa]の比(G’(-20℃)/E)が20以上2000以下である、上記〔1〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔3〕 上記粘着剤は、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤である、上記〔1〕または〔2〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔4〕 上記粘着剤は、アクリル系ポリマー(F)を含有し、
 上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、フッ素含有アクリル系モノマー(Mf)と、酸フリーの親水性モノマー(Mh)と、を含み、
 上記親水性モノマー(Mh)は、ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が40℃以下である低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)を含み、
 上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における上記低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)の含有量は2.0重量%超である、上記〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の粘着剤。
 〔5〕 上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における上記親水性モノマー(Mh)の含有量は5.0重量%超である、上記〔4〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔6〕 上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、下記式(1):
 CH=CRCOOR     (1)
(式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基であり、Rは炭素原子数4~18の鎖状アルキル基である。);
で表されるモノマー(M1)をさらに含む、上記〔4〕または〔5〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔7〕 上記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、酸性官能基含有モノマーの含有量が2.0重量%未満である、上記〔4〕~〔6〕のいずれか請求項4に記載の粘着剤。
 〔8〕 上記〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれかのいずれか一項に記載の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を含む、粘着シート。
 〔9〕 上記粘着剤層は、85℃、85%RHの湿熱環境下に240時間保持する湿熱試験後におけるヘイズが3.0%未満である、上記〔8〕に記載の粘着シート。
 〔10〕 ガラス板に対する剥離強度(引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度)が1.0N/25mm以上である、上記〔8〕または〔9〕に記載の粘着シート。
As will be understood from the above description and the following examples, the subject matter disclosed in this specification includes the following.
[1] A pressure-sensitive adhesive having a refractive index of 1.450 or less and a storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less.
[2] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to the above-mentioned [1], wherein the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) of the storage modulus (G'(-20°C)) [Pa] to the elongation at break (E B ) [%] is 20 or more and 2000 or less.
[3] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to the above-mentioned [1] or [2], which is an adhesive formed from an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
[4] The pressure-sensitive adhesive contains an acrylic polymer (F),
The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) include a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (Mf) and an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh),
The hydrophilic monomer (Mh) includes a low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) having a homopolymer glass transition temperature of 40° C. or lower;
The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of the above [1] to [3], wherein the content of the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) is more than 2.0 wt %.
[5] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to [4] above, wherein the content of the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) is more than 5.0 wt %.
[6] The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (F) is represented by the following formula (1):
CH2 = CR1COOR2 ( 1 )
(wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 is a chain alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms);
The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to the above-mentioned [4] or [5], further comprising a monomer (M1) represented by the following formula:
[7] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [4] to [6] above, wherein the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (F) has a content of an acidic functional group-containing monomer of less than 2.0 wt %.
[8] A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [1] to [7] above.
[9] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to [8] above, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a haze of less than 3.0% after a wet heat test in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is kept in a wet heat environment of 85° C. and 85% RH for 240 hours.
[10] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the above [8] or [9], which has a peel strength from a glass plate (tensile speed: 300 mm/min, peel angle: 180 degrees) of 1.0 N/25 mm or more.
 以下、本発明に関するいくつかの実施例を説明するが、本発明をかかる実施例に示すものに限定することを意図したものではない。なお、以下の説明において、使用量や含有量を表す「部」および「%」は、特に断りがない限り重量基準である。 Below, several examples of the present invention are described, but it is not intended that the present invention be limited to those shown in these examples. In the following description, "parts" and "%" indicating the amount used and the content are based on weight unless otherwise specified.
<例1>
 (粘着剤組成物の調製)
 フッ素含有アクリル系モノマー100部を、光重合開始剤0.1部ととともに4つ口フラスコに投入し、窒素雰囲気下で粘度(BH粘度計、No.5ローター、10rpm、測定温度30℃)が約15Pa・sになるまで紫外線を照射して光重合させることにより、上記フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーの部分重合物を含むモノマーシロップを調製した。上記モノマーシロップ100部に、架橋剤としての1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(NDDA)0.10部と、シランカップリング剤0.3部とを添加し、均一に混合して、紫外線硬化型の粘着剤組成物U1を調製した。
<Example 1>
(Preparation of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Composition)
100 parts of a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer was charged into a four-neck flask together with 0.1 part of a photopolymerization initiator, and photopolymerized by irradiating ultraviolet light under a nitrogen atmosphere until the viscosity (BH viscometer, No. 5 rotor, 10 rpm, measurement temperature 30°C) reached about 15 Pa·s, to prepare a monomer syrup containing a partial polymer of the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer. 0.10 parts of 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (NDDA) as a crosslinking agent and 0.3 parts of a silane coupling agent were added to 100 parts of the monomer syrup, and mixed uniformly to prepare an ultraviolet-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition U1.
 ここで、上記フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーとしては、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルアクリレートを使用した(特に断りがない限り、以下の例も同じ。)。上記光重合開始剤としては、IGM Resins社製の商品名「オムニラッド651」と商品名「オムニラッド184」とを1:1の重量比で使用した(特に断りがない限り、以下の例も同じ。)。上記シランカップリング剤としては、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシランを使用した(特に断りがない限り、以下の例も同じ。)。 Here, 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl acrylate was used as the fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (the same applies to the following examples unless otherwise specified). As the photopolymerization initiator, IGM Resins' product names "Omnirad 651" and "Omnirad 184" were used in a weight ratio of 1:1 (the same applies to the following examples unless otherwise specified). As the silane coupling agent, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane was used (the same applies to the following examples unless otherwise specified).
 (粘着シートの作製)
 ポリエステルフィルムの片面が剥離面となっている厚さ38μmの剥離ライナーR1(三菱マテリアル社製、MRF#38)に、上記で得た粘着剤組成物U1を塗布し、ポリエステルフィルムの片面が剥離面となっている厚さ38μmの剥離ライナーR2(三菱マテリアル社製、MRE#38)を被せて空気を遮断し、紫外線を照射して硬化させることにより、厚さ50μmの粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。上記紫外線の照射は、ブラックライトを使用して、照度2.5mW/cm,積算光量2400mJ/cmの条件で行った。
(Preparation of adhesive sheet)
The adhesive composition U1 obtained above was applied to a 38 μm thick release liner R1 (Mitsubishi Materials Corporation, MRF#38) with one side of a polyester film being the release surface, and then covered with a 38 μm thick release liner R2 (Mitsubishi Materials Corporation, MRE#38) with one side of a polyester film being the release surface to block air, and then irradiated with ultraviolet light to cure, thereby producing an adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) with a thickness of 50 μm. The ultraviolet light irradiation was performed using a black light under the conditions of an illuminance of 2.5 mW/ cm2 and an accumulated light quantity of 2400 mJ/ cm2 .
<例2~4>
 フッ素含有アクリル系モノマーと2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)とを表1に示す重量比で含むモノマー混合物100部を、光重合開始剤0.1部ととともに4つ口フラスコに投入し、例1と同様に光重合させて、上記モノマー混合物の部分重合物を含むモノマーシロップを調製した。上記モノマーシロップ100部に、架橋剤としての1,9-ノナンジオールジアクリレート(NDDA)0.10部と、シランカップリング剤0.3部とを添加し、均一に混合して、各例に係る紫外線硬化型粘着剤組成物U2~U4を調製した。粘着剤組成物U1に代えて上記粘着剤組成物U2~U4を用いた他は例1と同様にして、厚さ50μmの粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Examples 2 to 4>
100 parts of a monomer mixture containing a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) in the weight ratio shown in Table 1 was charged into a four-neck flask together with 0.1 parts of a photopolymerization initiator, and photopolymerized in the same manner as in Example 1 to prepare a monomer syrup containing a partial polymer of the monomer mixture. 0.10 parts of 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (NDDA) as a crosslinking agent and 0.3 parts of a silane coupling agent were added to 100 parts of the monomer syrup, and mixed uniformly to prepare ultraviolet-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U2 to U4 according to each example. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) having a thickness of 50 μm was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U2 to U4 were used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition U1.
<例5~13>
 フッ素含有アクリル系モノマー、2EHAおよび4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート(4HBA)を表1,2に示す重量比で含むモノマー混合物100部を、光重合開始剤0.1部ととともに4つ口フラスコに投入し、例1と同様に光重合させて、上記モノマー混合物の部分重合物を含むモノマーシロップを調製した。上記モノマーシロップ100部に、表1,2に示す量のNDDAと、シランカップリング剤0.3部とを添加し、均一に混合して、各例に係る紫外線硬化型粘着剤組成物U5~U13を調製した。粘着剤組成物U1に代えて上記粘着剤組成物U5~U13を用いた他は例1と同様にして、厚さ50μmの粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Examples 5 to 13>
100 parts of a monomer mixture containing a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer, 2EHA and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) in the weight ratios shown in Tables 1 and 2 was added to a four-neck flask together with 0.1 parts of a photopolymerization initiator, and photopolymerized in the same manner as in Example 1 to prepare a monomer syrup containing a partial polymer of the monomer mixture. NDDA in the amount shown in Tables 1 and 2 and 0.3 parts of a silane coupling agent were added to 100 parts of the monomer syrup, and mixed uniformly to prepare ultraviolet-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U5 to U13 according to each example. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) having a thickness of 50 μm was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U5 to U13 were used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition U1.
<例14~17>
 例8における2EHAに代えて、例14ではn-ヘキシルアクリレート(HxA)、例15ではn-オクチルアクリレート(NOAA)、例16ではn-ブチルアクリレート(BA)、例17ではn-ラウリルアクリレート(LA)を使用した。その他の点については例8と同様にして、各例に係る紫外線硬化型粘着剤組成物U14~U17を調製した。粘着剤組成物U1に代えて上記粘着剤組成物U14~U17を用いた他は例1と同様にして、厚さ50μmの粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Examples 14 to 17>
Instead of 2EHA in Example 8, n-hexyl acrylate (HxA) was used in Example 14, n-octyl acrylate (NOAA) in Example 15, n-butyl acrylate (BA) in Example 16, and n-lauryl acrylate (LA) in Example 17. In other respects, ultraviolet-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U14 to U17 according to each example were prepared in the same manner as in Example 8. A 50 μm thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) was produced in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions U14 to U17 were used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition U1.
<評価方法>
 (ゲル分率)
 各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス粘着シート)から約0.1gの粘着剤サンプル(重量Wg1)を採取し、平均孔径0.2μmの多孔質ポリテトラフルオロエチレン膜(重量Wg2)で巾着状に包み、口をタコ糸(重量Wg3)で縛った。上記多孔質ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)膜としては、日東電工株式会社製の商品名「ニトフロン(登録商標)NTF1122」(平均孔径0.2μm、気孔率75%、厚さ85μm)を使用した。
 この包みを十分量の酢酸エチルに浸し、23℃で7日間保持して粘着剤中のゾル分のみを上記膜外に溶出させた後、上記包みを取り出して外表面に付着している酢酸エチルを拭き取り、該包みを130℃で2時間乾燥させ、該包みの重量(Wg4)を測定した。得られた結果から、下記式により粘着剤層のゲル分率を算出した。
   ゲル分率(%)=[(Wg4-Wg2-Wg3)/Wg1]×100
<Evaluation method>
(Gel Fraction)
About 0.1 g of an adhesive sample (weight Wg1 ) was taken from the adhesive layer (substrate-less adhesive sheet) according to each example, wrapped in a porous polytetrafluoroethylene film (weight Wg2 ) with an average pore size of 0.2 μm in a purse shape, and the opening was tied with string (weight Wg3 ). As the porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) film, Nitto Denko Corporation's product name "Nitoflon (registered trademark) NTF1122" (average pore size 0.2 μm, porosity 75%, thickness 85 μm) was used.
The package was immersed in a sufficient amount of ethyl acetate and kept at 23° C. for 7 days to allow only the sol content in the adhesive to elute out of the film, after which the package was taken out and the ethyl acetate adhering to the outer surface was wiped off, the package was dried at 130° C. for 2 hours, and the weight of the package ( Wg4 ) was measured. From the results obtained, the gel fraction of the adhesive layer was calculated using the following formula.
Gel fraction (%)=[( Wg4Wg2Wg3 )/ Wg1 ]×100
 (重合率)
 各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)から約0.3gの粘着剤サンプルを採取し、130℃で2時間加熱した。加熱前後のサンプルの重量に基づいて、下記式により重合率を算出した。
 重合率[%]=(加熱後のサンプル重量/加熱前のサンプル重量)×100
(Polymerization rate)
About 0.3 g of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sample was taken from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) according to each example and heated for 2 hours at 130° C. Based on the weight of the sample before and after heating, the polymerization rate was calculated according to the following formula.
Polymerization rate [%] = (sample weight after heating/sample weight before heating) x 100
 (屈折率)
 各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)について、測定温度25℃、測定波長594nmの条件で、プリズムカプラ(メトリコン社製、モデル「2010M」)を用いて屈折率を測定した。
(Refractive Index)
The refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) according to each example was measured using a prism coupler (manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M") at a measurement temperature of 25°C and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
 (全光線透過率およびヘイズ)
 各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス粘着シート)が2枚の無アルカリガラス板(厚さ0.8~1.0mm、全光線透過率92%、ヘイズ0.4%)で挟まれた構造(すなわち、ガラス板/粘着剤層/ガラス板の3層構造)を有し、平面視におけるサイズが4.5cm×5cmの長方形状の積層体を作製した。23℃、50%RHの測定環境下において、ヘイズメータ(村上色彩技術研究所製「HM-150」)を用いて、上記積層体の全光線透過率およびヘイズを測定した。測定位置は、上記長方形状の積層体における対角線の交点付近とした。測定値から上記2枚の無アルカリガラス板の全光線透過率およびヘイズを差し引いた値を、初期における粘着剤層の全光線透過率(初期透過率)[%]およびヘイズ(初期ヘイズ)[%]とした。上記粘着剤層からなる基材レス粘着シートについては、粘着剤層の全光線透過率[%]およびヘイズ[%]は、粘着シートの全光線透過率[%]およびヘイズ[%]となる。
(Total Light Transmittance and Haze)
A rectangular laminate having a structure in which the adhesive layer (substrate-less adhesive sheet) according to each example is sandwiched between two alkali-free glass plates (thickness 0.8 to 1.0 mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%) (i.e., a three-layer structure of glass plate/adhesive layer/glass plate) and a size of 4.5 cm x 5 cm in plan view was prepared. The total light transmittance and haze of the laminate were measured using a haze meter ("HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory) under a measurement environment of 23°C and 50% RH. The measurement position was near the intersection of the diagonal lines of the rectangular laminate. The values obtained by subtracting the total light transmittance and haze of the two alkali-free glass plates from the measured values were taken as the total light transmittance (initial transmittance) [%] and haze (initial haze) [%] of the adhesive layer at the initial time. For a substrateless pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet consisting of the above pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
 上記積層体を85℃、85%RHの湿熱環境下に240時間保持し、次いで23℃、50%RHの環境下に30分間静置した後、上記と同様にして上記積層体のヘイズを測定した。測定値から上記2枚の無アルカリガラス板の全光線透過率を差し引いた値を、湿熱後における粘着剤層のヘイズ(湿熱後ヘイズ)[%]とした。 The laminate was kept in a moist heat environment of 85°C and 85% RH for 240 hours, and then left to stand in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 30 minutes, after which the haze of the laminate was measured in the same manner as above. The total light transmittance of the two alkali-free glass plates was subtracted from the measured value to determine the haze of the adhesive layer after moist heat (post-moist heat haze) [%].
 (貯蔵弾性率G’およびガラス転移温度Tg)
 各例に係る粘着剤層を積層して厚み約1.5mmとし、直径7.9mmの円盤状に打ち抜いたものを測定用サンプルとした。Rheometric Scientific社製「Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)」を用いて、以下の条件により動的粘弾性測定を行った。測定結果から、各温度(-20℃、25℃および60℃)における粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’[Pa]を求めた。また、上記動的粘弾性測定における損失正接tanδ(損失弾性率G”/貯蔵弾性率G’)のピークトップ温度に相当する温度を粘着剤のガラス転移温度(Tg)[℃]として求めた。
 [測定条件]
 変形モード:ねじり
 測定周波数:1Hz
 温度範囲 :-50℃~150℃
 昇温速度:5℃/分
 形状:パラレルプレート 7.9mmφ
(Storage Modulus G' and Glass Transition Temperature Tg)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layers according to each example were laminated to a thickness of about 1.5 mm, and punched out into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm to prepare a measurement sample. Dynamic viscoelasticity measurement was performed under the following conditions using an "Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)" manufactured by Rheometric Scientific. From the measurement results, the storage modulus G' [Pa] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive at each temperature (-20°C, 25°C, and 60°C) was determined. In addition, the temperature corresponding to the peak top temperature of the loss tangent tan δ (loss modulus G"/storage modulus G') in the dynamic viscoelasticity measurement was determined as the glass transition temperature (Tg) [°C] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
[Measurement condition]
Deformation mode: Torsion Measurement frequency: 1 Hz
Temperature range: -50℃ to 150℃
Heating rate: 5°C/min. Shape: Parallel plate 7.9mmφ
 (ヤング率、破断応力および破断時伸びE
 各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)を、2枚の剥離ライナーに挟まれた形態のまま、長さ30mm、幅40mmのサイズに裁断した。上記幅40mmは、該幅方向に沿う断面における粘着剤層の断面積が約2mmとなるように、上記粘着剤層の厚さに応じて設定した幅である。次いで、一方の剥離ライナーを除去して粘着剤層の一方の表面を露出させ、他方の剥離ライナー上で粘着剤層をその長さ方向を軸として巻き取ることにより、長さ30mmの円柱状のサンプルを作製した。
(Young's Modulus, Breaking Stress and Elongation at Break E B )
The adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) according to each example was cut into a size of 30 mm in length and 40 mm in width while sandwiched between two release liners. The width of 40 mm was set according to the thickness of the adhesive layer so that the cross-sectional area of the adhesive layer in the cross section along the width direction was about 2 mm2. Next, one release liner was removed to expose one surface of the adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer was wound on the other release liner with its length direction as an axis to prepare a cylindrical sample with a length of 30 mm.
 23℃、50%RHの測定環境下において、上記円柱状のサンプルを引張圧縮試験機(装置名「AGS-50NX」、株式会社島津製作所製)にセットし、チャック間距離10mm、引張速度300mm/分の条件で上記円柱の軸方向に、上記サンプルが破断するまで伸長した。得られたS-S(Strain-Strength)曲線において、2点の引張ひずみ(ε=5%およびε=10%)に対応する引張応力をそれぞれσおよびσとして、引張弾性率E=(σ-σ)/(ε-ε)により、粘着剤層の引張弾性率(ヤング率)を算出した。 The cylindrical sample was set in a tension-compression tester (AGS-50NX, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) under a measurement environment of 23°C and 50% RH, and stretched in the axial direction of the cylinder until the sample broke under conditions of a chuck distance of 10 mm and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min. In the obtained S-S (Strain-Strength) curve, the tensile stresses corresponding to two tensile strains ( ε1 = 5% and ε2 = 10%) were defined as σ1 and σ2 , respectively, and the tensile modulus of elasticity (Young's modulus) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was calculated from the tensile modulus E0 = ( σ2 - σ1 )/( ε2 - ε1 ).
 ここで、引張ひずみεは、チャック間距離をもとに算出した。
 ε=(L-L)/L または
 ε(%)=100×(L-L)/L
  ε:引張ひずみ(無次元の比または%)
  L:初めのチャック間距離(mm)
  L:伸長後のチャック間距離(mm)
 引張応力σは、伸長前の測定用サンプルの断面積をもとに算出した。
 σ=F/A
  σ:引張応力(MPa)
  F:測定荷重(N)
  A:伸長前の測定用サンプルの断面積(mm
Here, the tensile strain ε was calculated based on the chuck distance.
ε=(L 1 −L 0 )/L 0 or ε(%)=100×(L 1 −L 0 )/L 0
ε: Tensile strain (dimensionless ratio or percentage)
L 0 : Initial chuck distance (mm)
L1 : Distance between chucks after extension (mm)
The tensile stress σ was calculated based on the cross-sectional area of the measurement sample before elongation.
σ=F/A
σ: tensile stress (MPa)
F: Measurement load (N)
A: Cross-sectional area of the measurement sample before elongation (mm 2 )
 また、上記伸長により、上記サンプルの破断応力[MPa]および破断時伸びE[%]を測定した。得られた破断時伸びE[%]の値と、上記各温度における貯蔵弾性率G’[Pa]の値から、比(G’(-20℃)/E)および比(G’(25℃)/E)を算出した。 The breaking stress [MPa] and breaking elongation E B [%] of the sample were measured by the above elongation. The ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) and the ratio (G'(25°C)/E B ) were calculated from the breaking elongation E B [%] and the storage modulus G' [ Pa ] at each temperature.
 (剥離強度)
 23℃、50%RHの測定環境下において、各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)の一方の面から剥離ライナーを剥離し、厚み50μmのPETフィルムを貼り合わせて裏打ちした後、幅25mm、長さ100mmのサイズにカットしたものを試験片とした。試験片から他方の面の剥離ライナーを剥離し、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板(松浪硝子工業社製、厚さ1.35mm、青板縁磨品)の表面に、2kgのローラを1往復させて圧着した。これを同環境下に30分間放置した後、引張圧縮試験機(装置名「AGS-50NX」、株式会社島津製作所製)を使用して、JIS Z 0237:2000に準じて、引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で、剥離強度(接着力)[N/25mm]を測定した。なお、基材付き片面粘着シートの場合、PETフィルムの裏打ちは必須ではない。
(Peel Strength)
In a measurement environment of 23°C and 50% RH, the release liner was peeled off from one side of the adhesive layer (substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet) according to each example, and a PET film having a thickness of 50 μm was attached to the backing, and then cut to a size of 25 mm wide and 100 mm long to prepare a test piece. The release liner on the other side of the test piece was peeled off, and the test piece was pressed against the surface of an alkaline glass plate (manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd., thickness 1.35 mm, blue plate edge polished product) as an adherend by moving a 2 kg roller back and forth once. After leaving this in the same environment for 30 minutes, the peel strength (adhesive strength) [N/25 mm] was measured using a tensile compression tester (device name "AGS-50NX", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) in accordance with JIS Z 0237:2000 under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180 degrees. In addition, in the case of a single-sided adhesive sheet with a substrate, the backing of a PET film is not essential.
 得られた結果を、各例に係る粘着剤の概略組成とともに、表1,2に示す。表中、モノマー成分の欄における「-」は、該当するモノマーが不使用であることを表す。また、表1中の「n.e.」は、該当する項目が未評価であることを表す。 The results obtained are shown in Tables 1 and 2, along with the approximate composition of the adhesive for each example. In the tables, a "-" in the monomer component column indicates that the corresponding monomer was not used. Additionally, "ne" in Table 1 indicates that the corresponding item has not been evaluated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 上記表に示されるように、例3~15に係る粘着剤は、いずれも屈折率が1.450以下であり、かつ、貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))が2.0×10Pa以下であり、低屈折率において低温域でも良好な柔軟性を示した。例3~6、例8~15では、より良好な低温柔軟性が得られた。一方、例1、2、16、17に係る粘着剤は、屈折率は1.450以下であったが、貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))が高く、低温における柔軟性が低かった。なお、モノマー成分として2EHAを単独で使用した他は例1と同様にして紫外線硬化型粘着剤組成物を調製し、該粘着剤組成物を用いた他は例1と同様にして作製した粘着剤は、上記方法により測定された屈折率が1.464であり、屈折率1.450以下の条件を満たさないものであった。 As shown in the above table, the adhesives according to Examples 3 to 15 all had a refractive index of 1.450 or less and a storage modulus (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less, and showed good flexibility even at low temperatures at low refractive indexes. In Examples 3 to 6 and Examples 8 to 15, better low-temperature flexibility was obtained. On the other hand, the adhesives according to Examples 1, 2, 16, and 17 had a refractive index of 1.450 or less, but a high storage modulus (G'(-20°C)) and low flexibility at low temperatures. In addition, an ultraviolet-curable adhesive composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2EHA was used alone as the monomer component, and an adhesive prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the adhesive composition was used had a refractive index of 1.464 measured by the above method, which did not satisfy the condition of a refractive index of 1.450 or less.
 以上、本発明の具体例を詳細に説明したが、これらは例示にすぎず、請求の範囲を限定するものではない。請求の範囲に記載の技術には、以上に例示した具体例を様々に変形、変更したものが含まれる。  Specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, but these are merely examples and do not limit the scope of the claims. The technology described in the claims includes various modifications and variations of the specific examples given above.
 1,2,3 粘着シート
 10  支持基材
 10A 第1面
 10B 第2面
 21  粘着剤層、第1粘着剤層
 21A 粘着面、第1粘着面
 21B 粘着面
 22  第2粘着剤層
 22A 第2粘着面
 31,32  剥離ライナー
REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1, 2, 3 Adhesive sheet 10 Support substrate 10A First surface 10B Second surface 21 Adhesive layer, First adhesive layer 21A Adhesive surface, First adhesive surface 21B Adhesive surface 22 Second adhesive layer 22A Second adhesive surface 31, 32 Release liner

Claims (10)

  1.  屈折率が1.450以下であり、かつ、-20℃における貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))が2.0×10Pa以下である、粘着剤。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive having a refractive index of 1.450 or less and a storage modulus at -20°C (G'(-20°C)) of 2.0 x 10 6 Pa or less.
  2.  破断時伸び(E)[%]に対する前記貯蔵弾性率(G’(-20℃))[Pa]の比(G’(-20℃)/E)が20以上2000以下である、請求項1に記載の粘着剤。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to claim 1, wherein the ratio (G'(-20°C)/E B ) of the storage modulus (G'(-20°C)) [Pa] to the elongation at break (E B ) [%] is 20 or more and 2,000 or less.
  3.  前記粘着剤は、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤である、請求項1に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 1, wherein the adhesive is formed from an active energy ray-curable adhesive composition.
  4.  前記粘着剤は、アクリル系ポリマー(F)を含有し、
     前記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、フッ素含有アクリル系モノマー(Mf)と、酸フリーの親水性モノマー(Mh)と、を含み、
     前記親水性モノマー(Mh)は、ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が40℃以下である低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)を含み、
     前記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における前記低Tg親水性モノマー(Mh)の含有量は2.0重量%超である、請求項1に記載の粘着剤。
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive contains an acrylic polymer (F),
    The monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) include a fluorine-containing acrylic monomer (Mf) and an acid-free hydrophilic monomer (Mh),
    The hydrophilic monomer (Mh) includes a low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) having a homopolymer glass transition temperature of 40° C. or lower;
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to claim 1 , wherein the content of the low Tg hydrophilic monomer (Mh L ) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) is more than 2.0% by weight.
  5.  前記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分における前記親水性モノマー(Mh)の含有量は5.0重量%超である、請求項4に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 4, wherein the content of the hydrophilic monomer (Mh) in the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) is more than 5.0% by weight.
  6.  前記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、下記式(1):
     CH=CRCOOR     (1)
    (式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基であり、Rは炭素原子数4~18の鎖状アルキル基である。);
    で表されるモノマー(M1)をさらに含む、請求項4に記載の粘着剤。
    The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer (F) is represented by the following formula (1):
    CH2 = CR1COOR2 ( 1 )
    (wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 is a chain alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms);
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to claim 4, further comprising a monomer (M1) represented by the following formula:
  7.  前記アクリル系ポリマー(F)を構成するモノマー成分は、酸性官能基含有モノマーの含有量が2.0重量%未満である、請求項4に記載の粘着剤。 The adhesive according to claim 4, wherein the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (F) contain less than 2.0% by weight of an acidic functional group-containing monomer.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を含む、粘着シート。 An adhesive sheet comprising an adhesive layer made of the adhesive according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  前記粘着剤層は、85℃、85%RHの湿熱環境下に240時間保持する湿熱試験後におけるヘイズが3.0%未満である、請求項8に記載の粘着シート。 The adhesive sheet according to claim 8, wherein the adhesive layer has a haze of less than 3.0% after a moist heat test in which the adhesive layer is kept in a moist heat environment of 85°C and 85% RH for 240 hours.
  10.  ガラス板に対する剥離強度(引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度)が1.0N/25mm以上である、請求項8に記載の粘着シート。

     
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to claim 8, which has a peel strength from a glass plate (tensile speed: 300 mm/min, peel angle: 180 degrees) of 1.0 N/25 mm or more.

PCT/JP2023/033830 2022-09-29 2023-09-19 Adhesive and adhesive sheet WO2024070789A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-157123 2022-09-29
JP2022157123A JP2024050320A (en) 2022-09-29 2022-09-29 Adhesives and adhesive sheets

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024070789A1 true WO2024070789A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90477424

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/033830 WO2024070789A1 (en) 2022-09-29 2023-09-19 Adhesive and adhesive sheet

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2024050320A (en)
WO (1) WO2024070789A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06186732A (en) * 1992-12-22 1994-07-08 Mitsui Petrochem Ind Ltd Adhesive pellicle film and pellilcle
JP2004536930A (en) * 2001-08-01 2004-12-09 アベリー デニソン コーポレイション Optical adhesive coating with low refractive index
JP2013010837A (en) * 2011-06-28 2013-01-17 Lintec Corp Adhesive composition, adhesive, and adhesive sheet
WO2021193722A1 (en) * 2020-03-24 2021-09-30 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive and use thereof

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06186732A (en) * 1992-12-22 1994-07-08 Mitsui Petrochem Ind Ltd Adhesive pellicle film and pellilcle
JP2004536930A (en) * 2001-08-01 2004-12-09 アベリー デニソン コーポレイション Optical adhesive coating with low refractive index
JP2013010837A (en) * 2011-06-28 2013-01-17 Lintec Corp Adhesive composition, adhesive, and adhesive sheet
WO2021193722A1 (en) * 2020-03-24 2021-09-30 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2024050320A (en) 2024-04-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5518436B2 (en) Optical adhesive sheet
US20190077999A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2021193719A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2021193724A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2021193722A1 (en) Adhesive and use thereof
WO2021193721A1 (en) Light-emitting device
WO2021193718A1 (en) Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet with release liner
JP2022008015A (en) Light-emitting device
JP7253903B2 (en) Adhesive sheet, method for producing same, and method for producing image display device
TW202138512A (en) Adhesive sheet having release film wherein the maximum height Rz of the side of the adhesive surface of the release film of the adhesive sheet with the release film is 400 nm or less
WO2021193720A1 (en) Adhesive optical film
WO2021193723A1 (en) Interlayer sheet, interlayer sheet with release liner, and optical laminate
CN110643287A (en) Adhesive sheet and optical laminate
WO2024070789A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
WO2024070788A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2022008014A (en) Adhesive optical film
JP2022008017A (en) Interlayer sheet, interlayer sheet with release liner and optical laminate
WO2020262340A1 (en) Adhesive sheet and use of same
JP2022008012A (en) Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet with release liner
JP2022008013A (en) Adhesive composition, adhesive and pressure sensitive adhesive sheet
TW202311462A (en) Photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive and uses thereof
JP2023151519A (en) Light-emitting device
JP2023151520A (en) Adhesive optical film, and laminate sheet
TW202239916A (en) Optical Adhesive Tape
TW202239926A (en) Optical Adhesive Tape

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23872017

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1